ARTICULATING A TRANSNATIONAL FAMILY:'HIPPO FAMILY' LANGUAGE LEARNERS
IN JAPAN AND THE USA
byCHAD NILEP
B.A., University of North Dakota, l993
M.A., Arizona State University, l997

A thesis submitted to the
Faculty of the Graduate School of the
University of Colorado in partial fulfillmentof the requirement for the degree ofDoctor of Philosophy
Department of Linguistics
2009

This thesis entitled:
Articulating a Transnational Family:'Hippo Family' Language Learners in Japan and the USA
written by Chad Nilep
has been approved for the Department of Linguistics_________________________________
Kira Hall, committee chair_________________________________
Barbara Fox_________________________________
Shigeko Okamoto_________________________________David Rood_________________________________
Karen Tracy
Date _______________
The final copy of this thesis has been examined by the signatories, and wefind that both the content and the form meet acceptable presentation standardsof scholarly work in the above mentioned discipline.

HRC Protocol #0407.19

Nilep, Chad
Articulating a Transnational Family: 'Hippo Family' Language Learners in Japan andthe USA
Thesis directed by Associate Professor Kira Hall
Hippo Family Club is an international language-study organization withhundreds of local chapters around Japan, as well as several in the United States,
Korea, and Mexico. The group also partners with other organizations in various
countries to operate study-abroad and other foreign exchange programs. Hippo's
primary activity, though, is the self-directed study of multiple foreign languages. The
organization sells audio recordings that relate stories in multiple languages. Club
members believe that by listening to these stories and repeating their content,
attending weekly chapter meetings where they practice speaking, and participatingwith the club's exchange programs they can acquire the ability to speak many foreign
languages.
This dissertation presents an ethnographic study of Hippo Family Club
practices in Japan and the United States. The analysis presented here is based on
ethnographic field work in several sites, including Osaka and Kanagawa prefecturesin Japan and Massachusetts in the United States, between 2005 and 2009. During thistime I participated as a member of Karagoku Family, a Hippo Family Club chapter inOsaka prefecture. I also participated on various occasions with several other chapters,iii

interviewed members of the various chapters, and recorded interactions at weekly
meetings. The study combines ethnography with discourse analysis.
I argue that club members in Japan and the USA view the learning of multiple
languages as a means to build a form of cosmopolitan citizenship. Cosmopolitan
citizenship is a view of personal identity formed not within the nation-state but as amember of a transnational group. Club members view themselves as part of a global
community of fellow club members and language learners. This view of identity
freed from national or ethnic groups and instead tied to an international organizationis seen as a break from Japanese tradition. In contrast, even though club chapters in
the United States use the same learning materials and express ideas about language
learning that appear very similar to those expressed in Japan, American members do
not experience the same break from tradition. Given the differences in US andJapanese ideologies of language learning, American members view Hippo as anaddition to traditional practices.

iv

Acknowledgments
I owe a deep debt of gratitude to the innumerable scholars, supporters, andHippo Family Club members who have contributed to the production of this work.
Although I cannot thank them all by name, I wish to express particular thanks toseveral individuals.
Kira Hall, who has served as my advisor throughout my course of study at the
University of Colorado and as the director of my advisory committee, has provided
inspiration, direction, and aid in all of my academic endeavors. This work truly would
not have been possible without her efforts. Barbara Fox has likewise advised me
throughout my studies and provided much appreciated personal and intellectual
support. David Rood has always been generous in his support and assistance. Karen
Tracy, in addition to specific aid, has helped to make me feel a part of a communityof scholars. Shigeko Okamoto of the University of California Santa Cruz was one of
my first teachers of Japanese sociolinguistics and discourse analysis; I am gratefulboth for the support and for the model she has provided me. My sincere thanks to allof the members of my advisory committee.
The initial field work for this study was carried out while I was a fellow of theJapan Foundation Kansai International Center. My thanks to the Japan Foundation,
the faculty and staff of the center, and all of my colleagues there.
Work between 2008-2009 was supported by a Doctoral Dissertation Research
Improvement grant from the National Science Foundation. I thank the NSF, thevdirectorate for Social, Behavioral, and Economic Sciences, and all reviewers andstaff.
Thanks, too, for abundant support from the University of Colorado, including
the staff of the Department of Linguistics, the Office of Contracts and Grants, the
Human Research Committee, and the Graduate School, among many others.
My fellow graduate students in the Department of Linguistics, particularly the
SLING lab, and in the program in Culture, Language, and Social Practice have beenof great support throughout my studies. Special thanks to Adam Hodges, who has
been a valued colleague throughout my studies generally, and whose comments on
earlier versions of this work are valued in particular.
I owe special gratitude to Junko Fujimoto, whose love and support havesustained me and whose scholarly feedback has assisted me in this and all of myefforts. I also thank my parents and all of my family and friends for their support.
Finally, and certainly not least, thanks to the staff of LEX Institute and that of
LEX America Language Research Foundation, to the members of Karagoku Family,
to all of those Hippo Family Club members who hosted me during field work, and to
the literally hundreds of Hippo members who not only allowed me to participate withthem but also encouraged my work all throughout the process. Doumo arigatou
gozaimashita.

vi

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
1

Introduction.........................................................................................1
Initial encounters...........................................................................1
The Hippo method......................................................................13
Outline of the dissertation...........................................................22

2

Methods for sociocultural linguistics................................................37
Research methods.......................................................................37
Sociocultural linguistics..............................................................52

3

Ideologies of language at Hippo Family Club..................................58
Hajime ni (Introduction).............................................................58
Ideologies of language learning..................................................62
Hippo ideologies of language learning.......................................72
Seeing language as scripted........................................................94

4

Language ideologies II: LEX America...........................................113
Introduction...............................................................................113
Ideologies of education in America..........................................114
Nationalist ideologies affect language policy in the
United States.......................................................................130
Seeing language through expert eyes........................................142vii

5Perceptions of similarity and difference.........................................155
Hippo and LEX: 'A little bit different'......................................155
The culture of 'cute'...................................................................159
Revolution and evolution..........................................................173

6

Identifying with the transnational family........................................188
Language and identity...............................................................188
The Hippo tapes........................................................................198
The construction of cosmopolitan citizenship..........................221

7

Conclusions.....................................................................................227

REFERENCES …………………...……………………………………………246
APPENDIX
A

Transcription conventions...............................................................257

viii

LIST OF TABLES
TABLE
3.1

Comparison of school activities with Hippo activities.....................78

3.2

Developmental milestones of language development.......................82

4.1

Comparison of Hippo activities (Japan)
with LEX activities (USA)........................................................128ix

LIST OF FIGURESFIGURE
3.1“From the whole to the parts”...........................................................81

3.2“Oscillograph” drawing from Osaka koenkai...................................84

5.1

Advertisement for Hello Kitty picture club....................................162

5.2

Sato-kun and Satoko-chan, the elephant mascots ofSato Pharmaceuticals................................................................162

5.3

A multilingual anthropomorphic hippopotamus.............................164

6.1

Mandelbrot set with continuously colored environment................195

6.2

Detail of the image in figure 6.1.....................................................195

7.1

The author dressed in Mongolian hat and robe...............................228

x

Introduction“What is Hippo? Hippo’s a Hippo.” (track one, Hippo Goes Overseas)
1.1. Initial encounters
I never set out to describe the activities of Hippo Family Club. Indeed in retrospect I
can see that the first time I ever heard of the club I had already begun this project.
Without really intending to I found myself doing ethnographic fieldwork in just themanner described by John Van Maanen (1988): I arrived knowing few people, feelingcut off from my culture of origin, to become an active part of the face-to-facerelationships of a previously unknown cultural community.
In 2005 I received a fellowship from the Japan Foundation to attend their
Japanese Language Program for Specialists. This entailed living at the Foundation’s
Kansai International Center, a small campus built on reclaimed land – land fill inwhat used to be part of the Seto Sea – near the Kansai International Airport, about 35
kilometers from Osaka. I lived in relative isolation with my fellow students, about
two dozen junior scholars, graduate students, and librarians who had also come to
study the Japanese language. That fall, about a month after our arrival in Japan, pairsof center fellows were matched with local families in what was called the “home visit
program.” Another fellow and I were given contact information for the Tanaka1
family, who had volunteered for the program, and we were told to contact them toarrange a visit to their home. I telephoned Mrs. Tanaka and we arranged a day andtime to meet. About a week later on a cool November evening, my colleague and I
took the thirty-minute train ride to the town where the Tanaka family lived. Mrs.
Tanaka met us at the train station in her neighborhood, and we walked with her to her
1

Except where otherwise noted, the names and nicknames used for individuals and club chapters
are pseudonyms.

2home. I was a bit surprised when Mrs. Tanaka addressed my colleague, a graduate
student from the Korea, in Korean. My own Korean language ability was not
sufficient to follow the conversation, so I just looked on mutely and followed as Mrs.
Tanaka walked toward her home. Mrs. Tanaka apologized for excluding me from theconversation. “Iie, nanimo arimasen” (Not at all, it’s nothing), I volunteered. My
colleague seemed amused, and Mrs. Tanaka, who said she was learning Korean,
seemed to relish the opportunity to practice.
Mrs. Tanaka explained that her husband would not be joining us, but that wewould be having dinner with her friends and their children. She mentioned that she
and her friends were members of something called Hippo Family Club, and that her
friends were nicknamed Tomazo, Kamachan, and Mikan. As I later found out, Hippo
Family Club members regularly address one another using their club nicknames. My
colleague and I called Mrs. Tanaka by her family name, which the Japan Foundation
had used in materials introducing us, but she also told us her own club nickname:
Sky. Sky told us that Hippo Family Club members learn Korean, English, and otherforeign languages. On that day, though, our conversation during dinner took place inJapanese.
I had come to Japan with the hope of learning first-hand about bilingual
speakers in the country. Japan is stereotypically thought of as a monolingual country
despite the presence of numerous language minorities (Maher and Yashiro 1995,
Gottlieb 2005). As in the United States, this image of monolingualism exists both in
the minds of those who regard the country from the outside and many who live inside3Japan. Three months into my stay, however, I had been unsuccessful in meetingbilinguals in the semi-rural area around the Japan Foundation Kansai Center.2 Since
the Hippo Family Club members I had met at Mrs. Tanaka’s house professed aninterest in languages, I thought joining the club might be a good way to meet othermultilingual people. A few weeks after our first encounter, just before the 2006 New
Year holiday, I sent the Tanaka family a New Year greeting card. In it, I mentionedthat I found Hippo Family Club interesting. A week or so later Sky sent me an email
inviting me to a Hippo meeting. That evening I studied local maps in order to find themeeting place she had told me of – a rehearsal studio in the community center of thetown the Tanaka family lived in.
The next morning was sunny and surprisingly temperate for early January. I
took the train to the town where the Tanaka family and their friends lived, located thecommunity center, and with trepidation entered my first Hippo meeting. Outside therehearsal studio, in a small vestibule, was a metal shelf on which there were five pairsof shoes. I removed my own shoes and slowly opened the door to the rehearsal room
itself. Inside were Mrs. Tanaka and her three sons, who I had met earlier, and a man
who turned out to be Mr. Tanaka. “Hola!” came the immediate greeting in Spanish,
followed by, “Ah, Chado-san” (“Oh, Chad,” in Japanese) from Mrs. Tanaka. She told
me that she wasn’t sure whether I would really come, but was glad to see me. She
introduced me to Mr. Tanaka: “Uchi no shujin desu. My husband.” He added his own
nickname: “Tanaka-papa desu” (“I’m Tanaka-papa”). I would come to recognize this2

According to the Osaka General Affairs Bureau (2006) Cities and Towns Administrative Group,
the entire district of Sennan-gun, in which the Center is located, had a population of 70,811 at thetime. The nearest town, Tajiri, had a population of 7,782.

4speech style, with simple sentence structures, often accompanied by phrases from theaddressee’s native language, as a common pattern of interaction between Hippo
members and foreign guests. At this, my first meeting, I just smiled and nodded, a bit
dazed.
For the rest of my stay in Japan, I would attend these 'Family' meetings each
Saturday morning. Hippo uses the English word 'family' in several ways. Obviously,
the word appears in the name of the group, Hippo Family Club.3 In addition, thenames of many, though not all individual chapters often include the English wordfamily, sometimes combined with words from other languages, as with 'Borracho
Family' from the Spanish word for “drunk” or 'Konton Family,' a pun on Japanesekonton (chaos) and French content (happy).4 Such names are usually whimsical,
sometimes even nonsensical, as in the chapter I joined, 'Karagoku Family.' The
regular weekly meetings I attended were also called 'Family,' as opposed to special
meetings, which were labeled junbi-kai (preparation meetings) in Japanese.
After greeting me, the three Tanaka boys, Ryo (aged 11), Keichan (10), andShin (7), returned to their task of coloring posters with crayons, while Sky explained
to me that people were still arriving, and the meeting would begin soon. All the while,a speech of some kind was playing on a small digital audio recorder attached to a
public address amplifier, and Tanaka-papa was trying to repeat what the speaker on
the recording was saying. I would learn that this practice of parroting the content of
3

4This English name is used in Japan, Korea, and Mexico, where the organization is sometimes also
called 'Club Familiar de Hippo' using Spanish. Only the US branch of the club uses a different
name, LEX Language Project. See Chapter 5 for more detail.
The names Borracho Family and Konton Family are actual names of chapters with pages on theWorld Wide Web. Karagoku is a pseudonym.

5
Hippo recordings, known as metakatsu, is considered an important part of the Hippo
learning method. The word metakatsu combines the Greek prefix meta- (among,
after) and the Japanese katsudou (activity), and describes the practice of reciting thecontent of Hippo recordings, either in unison with the recording or from memory. The
latter is known as 'nama-meta' (raw metakatsu). This happens at almost all chapter
meetings, though not always as part of a pre-meeting activity as it was at Karagoku
Family. At other chapters, metakatsu may be included as a major element of themeeting proper, or combined with the telling of personal narratives, as described
below.
The rehearsal studio had a slightly worn hardwood floor. One long wallfeatured a ballet rail behind which were floor-to-ceiling mirrors covered by thincurtains. The opposite wall was a bank of windows. The door I had entered throughwas in one narrow wall; a piano concealed under a cover sat along the opposite wallnear where the boys were coloring and their parents were practicing metakatsu.
After a few minutes Mikan, one of the women from the party at the Tanaka
home, came in with her children Taro-kun (5) and Yuu-chan (3), and her husband
Hiro-chan. As they entered, they called out “Hola” (Spanish meaning “Hi”), and wereanswered in kind. This is, I would learn, the standard way in which club members
greet one another. On certain occasions, as when a member returns after a longabsence or a potential new member visits, this may be followed by a welcome inJapanese, but the norm is for greeting in Spanish and leave-taking with Mandarin zai
jian (see you later).

6
I began to notice a pattern in the formation of Hippo nicknames. The women I
had met at the Tanaka home had relatively creative nicknames based on foreign words(e.g. 'Sky'), puns (e.g. 'Mikan,' which is recognizably related to the given name Mikibut also means “tangerine” in Japanese), or nonsense (e.g. 'Tomazo,' which sounds
like a European name but has no obvious meaning). Their children, on the other hand,
generally had nicknames that were either all or part of their given names, often withthe addition of -kun, an honorific suffix attached to the names of social equals, or-chan, a variant of the standard honorific -san often used with children’s names(Makino and Tsutsui 1989).5 This is possibly attributable to the fact that members are
expected to select their own nicknames at the time they join the club. Young children,
whose decision to join is probably greatly determined by their parents, may be lessprepared for verbal cleverness in naming themselves. In this respect my own
nickname, Chado, based on the common Japanese pronunciation of my given name,follows the juvenile pattern.
A few minutes later, Kamachan and her youngest daughter, Oto-chan, arrived.
Arrival times, I noticed, were quite irregular, with several families arriving very near
the nominal starting time but others arriving up to an hour late for what wasscheduled to be a two hour meeting. This would prove to be a common pattern at
Hippo meetings in other parts of the country as well, where I would witness harriedfamilies rushing to round up busy children and travel to weekly meetings together.

5

I am clearly not the only one who noted the pattern of children’s nicknames resembling their own
given names. When I met Yuu-chan again three years after leaving Japan, at which time she had
begun elementary school and saw herself as mature, she informed me that her new nickname was
Ribbon-chan.

7
Sky announced that we should begin, and Tanaka-papa pushed a few buttons
on the audio player, switching from the speech he had been listening to, to a woman
singing in a language I didn’t recognize. The assembled members all stood in a circle,
and Sky motioned for me to join them. As I looked on, bewildered, they began todance. Tanaka-papa told me to watch what everyone else did, and to join along as best
I could. I turned from one to another and tried to follow the pattern of hand-clapping,marching, and kicking that made up the dance. As the song ended, everyone laughed
and talked, and Kamachan asked me how I enjoyed the dance. “Muzukashii”(difficult), I said, and she chuckled. This was my introduction to the activity known as'SADA.'
Along with metakatsu and group talking (below), SADA is a major activity ofweekly meetings. 'SADA' is an acronym of 'Sing Along, Dance Along.' It consists ofsinging songs, dancing, and playing games, most of which are variations on the gameof tag. The songs come from a set of CDs sold by LEX Institute, the non-profit
corporation that operates Hippo Family Club, called Sing Along, Dance Along. The
CDs include children’s songs and folk songs from a variety of cultures and languages,
and members listen to them while dancing or playing games at weekly meetings.
Some of the games have foreign-language content. For example, we played a gamecalled Iro-onni (Color tag), in which the player who is “it” names a color in someforeign language and all of the other players must touch some object of that color.
The purpose of SADA didn’t really appear to be practice with target languages,
however. The activity seemed to function primarily to establish and maintain a8playful, inquisitive atmosphere for the meeting. After playing color tag, Tanaka-papa
returned to the digital recorder and played a recording of London Bridge, sung in
English. Kamachan turned to me: “Shitteru?” (Do you know this?) I nodded. We
formed a line and began to play the game familiar to me from my own childhood. As
we were playing, more people arrived. Everyone greeted one another with “Hola!”
and the new arrivals joined the game.
After about forty minutes of SADA, Sky took a blanket and a microphonefrom a large bag in the corner of the rehearsal room. As the blanket was spread on thefloor, several of the children ran to where their jackets and bags were piled around theedge of the room to get what looked like notebooks. Everyone sat on the blanket in alarge circle, and Sky motioned for me to sit next to her. “Saisho dare?” (Who’s first?)
she asked, and everyone raised their hands. “Chado wa?” (What about Chad?) I was
the only one who hadn’t raised my hand. I raised it sheepishly, as most of the children
began waving their raised hands and crying out to be recognized.
Sky handed the microphone to Ryo, who handed the notebook he had been
holding to Tanaka-papa. As Tanaka-papa held the book up, Ryo opened it to show apicture of his family. The book – actually a clear pocket binder – contained
photographs and drawings of Ryo, his family, and various activities he enjoyed. He
spoke in Korean, and though I couldn’t understand most of what he was saying, I
figured that he was describing the pictures that included his home, a soccer goal, anda group of boys standing on a beach. After he had described the pictures and Tanakapapa set down the binder, Ryo announced “Kankoku-go, taitoru to ichimai me”

9(Korean, title and first page). He then proceeded to recite something from memory, as
the other club members joined him in unison.
Hippo e hewe naduri.
Hippo ga moji. Hippo nun hippo ji.
Nado Hippo. Nodo Hippo. Uri nun modu Hippo turiji.
Uridurun choum tukkpyoru hangoya.
Cha, Hippo Famiri Kurab sonmurida,
Hippo e hewe naduri.
It was only later that I would come to understand that he was reciting the opening
tracks of a Hippo Family Club recording called Hippo Goes Overseas. Ryo’srecitation was in Korean, but the same passage is included in the English version of
the recording.
Hippo Goes Overseas.
What is Hippo? Hippo’s a Hippo.
I’m a Hippo. You’re a Hippo. We’re all Hippos.
We are something special.
Now, the Hippo Family Club presents,
Hippo Goes Overseas.
This activity, variously known as uta (song) or hanashi (story, talk) at
Karagoku Family, is the third major portion of weekly meetings. For this activity, allmembers sit in a circle and take turns speaking. One of the most common topics forthese speeches is jikoshokai (self-introduction). For children, this introduction
consists of one’s name, birthday, family, home, and favorite activities; the order ofthese elements is fairly fixed, and is modeled on the recording, Hippo Goes Overseas(see Chapter 6). Children often illustrate their talk with an album of drawings andphotographs called kamishibai (paper theater) after the early twentieth century

10
tradition in Japan of story telling with illustrated cards. As I later figured out, Ryo had
been making just such a self-introduction, as well as introducing his 'host family.' His
kamishibai included pictures both of his parents and two younger brothers, and of thechildren of a family he had stayed with during a trip to Korea, who he identified as
his 'host brothers.' Since self-introductions follow a set pattern, other members canunderstand the content of the speech relatively easily, regardless of their fluency inthe language used. In addition, if a speaker has difficulty recalling some portion of thememorized self-introduction, other members offer prompts.
While most of the children made standard self-introductions, the adults weremore varied in what they spoke about. Some produced self-introductions following
the same pattern, but others talked more casually about recent events in their lives
using various languages, including Japanese. After a member produces a selfintroduction or some other short speech, she or he recites some track from one of theclub recordings, usually announcing the name of the track so that others may also joinin. Occasionally, someone would claim that they needed help from 'CD sensei'(Professor CD). At this, Sky or Tanaka-papa would locate the selected track on thedigital recorder and all of the members would mimic the voices on the recording as it
played.
During my first few meetings, I could not understand the rules of this speech
genre. This was problematic, since all members and even guests are expected to
produce some talk during this part of the meeting. At that first meeting I listened
intently, hoping to be passed over, as the children vied with one another for11permission to speak next. After all of the children had spoken, the adults took turns
speaking. Finally, I was handed the microphone and told that it was my turn. When I
protested that I didn’t understand what I was expected to do, I was assured “Nandemoii” (Anything is fine). Indeed, it is considered rather inappropriate for members togive one another specific instructions or to attempt to correct one another’s errors, atleast explicitly. This is a major difference between Hippo Family Club practice andlanguage teaching, which members are quick to point out (see Chapter 3). During myfirst few meetings, I spoke briefly about myself in Japanese or in English. In laterweeks I would attempt to exercise the Spanish I had learned in school and then used
as an English teacher in Arizona. Eventually I would feel comfortable enough to try
out bits of Mandarin or Korean discourses I had heard on the Hippo recordings orfrom other members.
Finally, after everyone had spoken, all of the members stood in a circle,
crossing their arms in front of them and holding the hands of the people on either sideof them. I was advised to put my right arm over my left as I joined the circle.
Everyone then chanted a short song in unison. Although I didn't realize it at the time,they sang in Mandarin, ending with a single Japanese word. (In these lyrics, Mandarin
is shown in ordinary type face, Japanese in bold face. An English translation is
included in the right column.)
Zai jian, zai jian

Goodbye, goodbye

Pengyou men,

Friends,

Zai jian, zai jian

Goodbye, goodbye

Pengyou men.

Friends.

Zai jian

Goodbye12
Zai jian

Goodbye

Zai jian, zai jian

Goodbye, goodbye

Pengyou men.

Friends.

Zai jian

GoodbyePengyou men,

Friends,

Zai jian

GoodbyeHaizi men,Children,

Sayonara.

Goodbye. [Japanese]

Next everyone turned around, hands still clasped, to face out from the circle, then
immediately returned to face inward while reciting in Japanese: “Migi ni magatte,mada modoru” (Turn to the right, then turn back). They all then dropped hands andchanted words meaning “good bye” in about a dozen languages, ending with theJapanese Sayonara.
I would come to think of this as “the zai jian song.” Although this elaborate
ritual was only practiced at the end of weekly Family meetings, it was common
practice to use the Mandarin phrase zai jian when a member left a meeting early, or
when parting after a party or other gathering of Hippo members, just as it wasstandard to greet fellow club members with the Spanish word hola. Variants of thesong are sung at most of the Hippo chapters I visited, sometimes with a variant of thehand-clasping ritual and sometimes without. Many chapters use only the first verse,
and only a few include the subsequent list of goodbyes in other languages.
For the next five months, I would participate in Karagoku Family meetings
every week, as well as joining club members in public activities and private parties.
After a few weeks, I asked my fellow club members whether they would mind if I

13wrote about my observations at the weekly meetings for a research report I was
expected to make to the Japan Foundation. Most of the club members were excited tobe part of such a project, and all agreed to let me proceed. I began recording some of
the weekly meetings, and by May I had produced a short description of Karagoku
Family, including a very brief ethnographic description of our first meeting in the
Tanaka family home and an analysis of portions of three speeches during the uta
activity at Family meetings (Nilep 2006). Over the next three years I would expand
these observations with additional trips to Japan and to LEX Language Project
chapters in the United States.

1.2 The Hippo method
The weekly 'Family' meetings described above are only a part of the Hippo learning
method. The method can be divided into three major sets of activities: the use of
Hippo recordings, weekly meetings, and 'home-stay' activities.
When they join a club, members buy a set of recordings known as 'Hippo
Tapes' or 'LEX CDs.' Although all of the recordings are actually on CD, the term
'Hippo Tapes' endures from the club’s beginnings in the early 1980s, when therecordings were on cassette tape. There are now several sets of recordings, most ofwhich contain a single story told in multiple languages. The club’s promotional
materials, as well as unsolicited descriptions from members, claim that by listening tothese stories members can acquire subsequent languages in a process similar to first
language acquisition. According to a club web site, “By playing these CDs as often as

14possible – at home while cooking, cleaning, or relaxing, at the gym, in the car – wecan experience a natural immersion environment” (LEX Language Project 2007).
This “natural immersion” is thought to parallel the process of first language
acquisition. The CDs are generally sold with one or more books that reproduce thecontent of the audio recordings, but in my experience the books are used relatively
infrequently.6
The motto of Hippo Family Club, which one often sees on posters or otherpromotional materials, is “Nana-ka kokugo o hanasu, nichijou ga aru” (Speak sevenlanguages, it’s natural), usually rendered in English-language materials as “Anyone
can speak seven languages.” The seven languages referred to are those included in thebasic 'transnational edition' of Hippo materials: Chinese, English, French, German,
Japanese, Korean, and Spanish. These were the first seven languages to be practiced
using the Hippo method. In addition, the club now produces books and recordings in
Arabic, Cantonese, Hindi, Indonesian, Italian, Malay, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish,Taiwanese, Thai, and Turkish, and is currently preparing materials in Swahili. The
current 19, and soon 20 language repertoire notwithstanding, the motto still refers toseven languages.
Hippo club members are encouraged to learn multiple languages at the sametime. In this respect, the program is rather different from that suggested by othercompanies’ learning materials. Rosetta Stone Ltd., for example, describes its programin terms that are very similar to LEX/Hippo descriptions:

6

More description of the content of these recordings is included in Chapter 6.

15
The Rosetta Stone method unlocks your natural ability to learn alanguage. [...] As a child, you learned to speak instinctively by
experiencing the world around you. Our solution recreates thisexperience through a fully immersive environment right on yourcomputer. (Rosetta Stone Ltd. 2009)
Compare Rosetta Stone’s description with this one from the Hippo Family Club web
site, under the heading “Immersion Environment”:
Infants don't learn their native language by breaking the language
down into little pieces of grammar and vocabulary, or by looking in adictionary, so why should a child or adult learn other languages thatway either? (LEX Institute 2007)
Where Rosetta Stone refers to learning 'as a child,' LEX describes 'infants' learning;
Rosetta Stone describes its 'immersive environment' while LEX describes its'immersion environment.' Evocations of 'natural ability' and learning 'instinctively' in
the former quote also resemble Hippo’s discourse of 'natural language acquisition'(see especially Chapter 3). Rosetta Stone’s instructions differ from Hippo Family
Club in an important way, though, when they instruct learners, “Get started by
selecting one of the following 31 languages” (Rosetta Stone Ltd. 2009). In most
schools, learning products, or the like, learners are expected to learn one language at atime, an approach sometimes criticized by language educators as “serialmonolingualism.”7 In contrast, Hippo materials generally contain seven target
languages interspersed within the tracks of a single CD or lines of a book.
Weekly practice at most of the club chapters I visited uses one or both of twostory CDs, Hippo Goes Overseas and Multilingual Friends around the World! Onthese CDs, each track is in a different language so that, for instance, you might hear
7

Crago (2006) attributes this term to Catherine Snow in a personal communication. Others also use
the term, though generally without citing a source. I am unable to determine an original source.

16
the story’s title in Korean, followed by a brief monologue in German, later aconversation in Spanish, and so on. In this way, members are obliged to listen to
multiple languages while focusing on their preferred target language. Tanaka-papa
explained to me his understanding of the Hippo position on learning multiple
languages at the same time. If a Japanese person attempts to learn English, hesuggested, she might become frustrated at how difficult the new language seems
compared to Japanese. If, on the other hand, a learner who concentrates on studying
English is also learning some French, Korean, and Thai at the same time, she may be
encouraged at her relatively greater progress in English. In subsequent years, I haveheard similar explanations from other Hippo Family Club members as well. Indeed, it
is my impression that most club members are relatively interested – and proficient –in one or two target languages, while also developing lesser ability in many of theother club languages.
The club recordings are utilized in two ways, one active and one more passive.
As described above, members often practice metakatsu, an activity that involves
reciting the content of the recordings either from memory or while listening. Mostclub chapters in which I have participated include metakatsu as a portion of weekly
meetings. In addition, on multiple occasions I have seen club members listening to
Hippo recordings in their cars or homes and producing short pieces of theconversations along with the recordings. This resembles nothing so much as thecommon habit of singing along with the radio, and indeed club members often referto the practice as 'singing.' Both individual members and official materials use this17
trope. The Japanese Hippo web site says (my translation), “In every country, words
have a beautiful rhythm and melody” (LEX Institute 2007). Members often compare
the practice of repetition to singing karaoke – at first, you can only hum along withthis rhythm and melody; gradually you learn the words, until finally you are able tosing on your own. Indeed, the practice of metakatsu is sometimes called uta (song,
singing).
In addition, the recordings are often listened to in a more passive mode,
without any attempt to recite the content. I was quite puzzled to see club members
using the story recordings as what they call 'BGM' (background music). For example,
one family I stayed with in Japan would switch on a CD player filled with Hippo clubrecordings as soon as they arrived home in the afternoon or awoke in the morning,
and allow it to play as long as they were in the house. Not only was no one actively
engaged in listening to the recording, no one appeared to pay any attention to it at all.
The recording would continue to play softly in the background even as they read,
conversed with one another in Japanese, or watched television. When I asked my hostabout it, she explained that she believed the passive presence of multiple languages inthe background of her daily activities simulates the experience of living in a
multilingual community. This, she believes, increases her receptiveness to learning
new languages.
As described above, weekly meetings consist of three major elements:
metakatsu, SADA, and talking time. The order and relative length of these elements
varies from location to location, but each is present in all chapters. The most variable18
element is metakatsu. At Karagoku Family, metakatsu was often used as a premeeting activity. The first members to arrive would practice with the recordings as
they waited for others to arrive. The metakatsu activity then reappeared during talking
time, as each member was expected to name and then recite a track from memory at
the end of his or her talk. Contrast this with the usual practice at Éminent Family, aclub I joined in Kanagawa prefecture in eastern Japan. There, usually during the
middle part of each meeting, after SADA, a CD player would be set on a table. All of
the club members would stand in a circle around the table and practice metakatsu
together, repeating in unison the content of the CD. Similarly, LEX Language Project
meetings at the LEX America headquarters in Belmont, Massachusetts, would often
have a similar practice in which all of the members joined in a circle and recited witha CD. Compared to Éminent Family, however, metakatsu was usually much shorter at
Belmont – two or three tracks at the latter, compared to as many as eight at theformer. Also, at Belmont members would sit on the ground for metakatsu and remain
seated for talking time immediately thereafter. At Éminent, everyone would stand formetakatsu and then sit for members' talk.
While a number of slightly different practices are united with the namemetakatsu, the relatively consistent practice of giving speeches during meetings isreferred to by a number of names. At Karagoku, members would often call theactivity 'uta' (song). At Éminent it was 'saakuru' (circle). In Belmont, it was often
called 'kamishibai' (paper theater) in reference to the books of pictures used. In eachlocation, the activity was also sometimes called 'talking time.' In every case, however,

19
the essence of the practice was the same: every member at the meeting was expected
to talk. That talk could be a self-introduction, illustrated with kamishibai, or it could
be a prepared talk in the language of the teller’s choice, or even announcements inJapanese or English. What was consistent, though, was that each member would holdthe floor during her or his turn. Actual speech by other members, such as reminding
the designated speaker of words in the target language, co-reciting elements fromLEX CDs, or offering feedback in response to the speaker’s talk was not regarded as
an opportunity to take the floor from the formally recognized speaker.
The most consistent element of weekly meetings in Japan and the US is
SADA. Each chapter uses the same CDs, and members in all chapters know many of
the same dances and games. This is despite the fact that members and club facilitators
frequently create new games and dances. A member of any chapter may attend
meetings of other chapters, and some members regularly attend multiple weekly
meetings. In addition, after a club member has traveled abroad, she or he will often
visit several clubs and describe the experience during talking time. When members ofdifferent clubs join a meeting, people are anxious to teach new dances or games. In
this way, the stock of SADA activities is constantly changing, yet fairly consistentfrom chapter to chapter. There are favorite activities in some chapters that are rarely
practiced in others, but there is a definite sense of all chapters drawing from acommon stock of activities. This stock consists primarily of circle dances and simple
line dances, and of games that are variations on tag. In addition, though, there areguessing games, card-matching games, and games involving balls or small toys.

20
In addition to recordings and weekly meetings, the home-stay program
comprises the third portion of Hippo Family Club practice. Some Hippo members go
abroad for short stays (members I have interviewed have generally stayed for four tofourteen days) during which they stay with host families. There are also longer stays,
such as the year-long program for high school students, and the Tokyo internship foryoung adults from the US.
Both children and adults participate in the short stay program, which is known
officially as the 'Transnational Exchange Program,' but generally called simply'home-stay.' Recall that Ryo (above) introduced his 'host family' along with his own
family during his self-introduction. Participants in this program generally speak about
the families that hosted them using kinship terms – i.e. “my host mother, host father,host brother” etc., especially when speaking English or Japanese. I have also seen
Japanese members use the Anglo-Japanese8 word hosuto (host) when speaking otherlanguages – e.g. hosuto hermano, mère de hosuto, etc.
The largest proportion of home-stay program participants I spoke to in Japan
had visited Mexico, Korea, or the United States – all countries with Hippo Family
Club chapters. Many of the host families were Hippo club members, but in the US thelargest proportion of host families are affiliated not with Hippo but with 4-H. The 4-H
club bills itself as “a community of young people across America who are learning
leadership, citizenship and life skills” (4HUSA 2007). 4-H was founded aroundagricultural activities, and many of the young people who had visited the US stayed

8

Japanese has borrowed the English word host in the sense of “one who offers hospitality.”
Accommodation to Japanese phonotactics yields hosuto.

21
in rural parts of the midwestern and western states. The relationship between Hippo
and 4-H is long-standing. Hippo founder Yo Sakakibara began working with 4-H tosend Japanese youth to stay with American 4-H families in the 1970s, before heestablished Hippo Family Club as such, and LEX America was created in 1985
largely in order to coordinate the exchange program (LEX Language Project 2007).
Two members of the LEX board of directors are also members of 4-H Club’s national
leadership.
As important as going abroad is hosting visitors from various countries.
During the time that I participated with Hippo chapters in Japan I met visitors not
only from the US, Mexico, and Korea, but also from Austria, France, Indonesia,
Malaysia, Russia, Thailand, and Vietnam who were staying with members of various
clubs I participated with. While they are staying with Hippo families, these guests
come to weekly meetings, where they are asked to describe their homes and families
in the manner of members' self-introductions. These descriptions are given in theguest’s native language and then repeated in Japanese, or else translated orapproximated by a member of the host family. Guests who come from abroad must
apply well in advance, and volunteer host families are sent brief descriptions of theirguests several weeks before their arrival. It is common for hosts to concentrate theirlanguage practice on the national language of their guest’s country of origin in the
weeks before they arrive.
High-school aged members of Hippo Family Club can apply for the 'Year
Long' program to spend one year as a high school exchange student. I met members

22
who had spent the tenth or eleventh grade in Canada, France, Korea, or the US, andothers who were hoping to go to Canada, Russia, and Taiwan. Undoubtedly, theopportunity to spend an entire year abroad provides both tremendous life experiences
and the chance for more language learning than Hippo club meetings alone. On theother hand, some people I spoke with expressed disappointment that their studies
abroad were not accepted as advancement toward graduation from high school inJapan, and as a result they had graduated a year later than their peers. In addition,high school students who were applying for the Year Long program expressedconsiderable distress at having to pass the Secondary Level English Proficiency(SLEP) test, a multiple choice test designed to assess readiness for English-medium
instruction (Stansfield 1984). While Hippo Family Club is proud of its “no tests”
attitude (see Chapter 3), participation with school systems seems to necessitate someformal testing. I have no data on the overall proportion of Hippo Family Club
participants who pass the standardized test, but all of the young people I talked toeventually succeeded in spite of their uneasiness.
Finally, LEX America operates an intern program that selects young adults,
aged 18-25, from the US to live in Japan and work at the LEX Institute headquarters
in Tokyo. LEX Institute is the parent organization that operates Hippo Family Cluband its associated programs in Japan, in addition to producing CDs, books and othermaterials, and administering the various travel exchanges. While in Tokyo, Americaninterns work in LEX Institute offices, offering English-language as well as culturalexpertise. Interns help prepare Japanese sojourners before they depart for North

23
America, and speak to various groups such as elementary and junior high school
students and church groups about life in the United States. I met two LEX interns at
the LEX Language Project headquarters in Massachusetts, one who was on her way
to Tokyo to begin the program, and another who had completed her internship andwas offering advice to the newly departing intern. Both were young women from theMidwestern United States, and both had been members of 4H clubs. In addition, I met
the current intern – a female college student from Maine – during my first trip to the
LEX headquarters in Tokyo, and spoke with her several times while I was in Japan.
Although she had not been a member of a LEX Language Project club in the US, she
was very enthusiastic about her participation in a large Hippo Family Club chapter inTokyo.

1.3 Outline of the dissertation
In this dissertation I will argue that Japanese members of Hippo Family Club view thelearning of multiple languages as a means to build a form of cosmopolitan
citizenship, allowing themselves access to a broader world. This vision ofcosmopolitan citizenship is a break from Japanese nationalist discourses that see
individual identity as rooted in national identity. In addition, I note that even though
LEX Language Project in the United States uses the same learning materials andexpresses ideas about language learning that are, on the surface, nearly identical tothose produced by Hippo Family Club, members of LEX America do not experience
cosmopolitan citizenship in the same way that Hippo Family Club members in Japan24
do. Given the difference in US and Japanese nationalist discourses, American
members view LEX as an addition to traditional ways of learning, not as arevolutionary break.
Hippo Family Club is frequently described as 'transnational,' both in official
club materials and in the everyday talk of club members. Indeed, the club operates
chapters not only across Japan, but also in the United States, Mexico, and Korea.
Such a 'transnational' outlook and practice aligns with contemporary projects
variously described under headings including “globalization,” “late modernity,” and“the new economy” (Gal 2007). Many familiar projects of globalization relate to the
movement of capital, information, or other means of production across the borders ofnation-states. These include labor supply chains (Tsing 2008), global electronic media(e.g. Appadurai 1996, Stocchetti 2007), or international call centers (e.g. Cameron
2000, Heller 2003). Sociolinguists, anthropologists, and other scholars of language
use in social settings have made important contributions to understanding theseprocesses and their effects on social institutions. It is primarily through language
interaction that institutions such as the nation, the corporation, and the neighborhood
are constructed and reproduced. This dissertation contributes to the understanding ofindividual experiences and conceptions of globalization by interrogating the face-toface interactions of individuals who imagine themselves to be part of a global
movement. Hippo Family Club's emphasis on learning and becoming part of atransnational family serve as a locus of socialization into cosmopolitan identities.

25
Nikolas Coupland suggests that “sociolinguistics is already 'late getting to theparty'” of studies under the heading of 'globalization' (2003: 465). He dates aliterature on globalization in sociology to the 1990s, and suggests that the term only
became prominent in sociolinguistics in the 2000s. Yet work by linguistic
anthropologists and sociolinguists on language contact (e.g. Pratt 1991, Rampton
1995), language and political economy (e.g. Gal 1989, Irvine 1989), and thecommodification of language (e.g. Cameron 2000, Heller 2003, Besnier 2004) can
also be seen as contributions to a literature on globalization. Other scholars ofcommunication from Ien Ang (1985) to Peter Backhaus (2007) have similarly madethe movement of language varieties, discourses, and texts around the world a focus ofstudy. Thus, studies within the broad coalition of sociocultural linguistics (seeChapter 2) have long been at 'the party' of studies on and critiques of globalization inits many guises, even if this work was not framed as such at the time.
At the same time, though, many studies in applied linguistics andsociolinguistics labeled as work on globalization have been criticized for paying too
little attention to the actual practices of language users. For example, Alistair
Pennycook criticizes sociolinguistic studies of the global spread of languages such as
English, viewing them as “largely tied to an earlier era of sociolinguistics, in which
identities are pre-given and tied to nationalities” (2003a: 515). Much sociolinguistic
work has attempted to draw broad theoretical conclusions on the general functions
that languages play when groups from distinct localities interact with one another, or
when media texts produced in one setting are taken up in another. General

26
conclusions, such as the one that Pennycook characterizes as “English is forinternational communication and local languages for local identities” (2003a: 516),
ignore not only the specific differences that hold across locations, but also thetransformations of 'outside' languages in local practices such as crossing (Rampton
1995) or styling across social space (Hill 1999). For example, a Japanese rapper who
mixes English varieties with standard and regional varieties of Japanese to create his
rhymes (Pennycook 2003a) is enacting a local identity – one that has cachet
specifically within the realm of Japanese hip-hop – with a so-called international
language. At the same time, he is performing in a hip-hop nation language variety thatdiffers from its global cousins in Cairo or Soweto in ways that make it particularly
relevant to its Japanese audience (Alim 2008).
Pennycook finds similar fault with studies in applied linguistics or thesociology of language that focus on the spread of dominant languages, especially
English (Pennycook 2003b). Such studies, he charges, are often content to take amacro-level view of English in the world. The major divide in such work is between
what Pennycook labels the “homogeny position,” which suggests that the global
spread of English is leading to the homogenization of local cultures, versus the“heterogeny position,” exemplified by the “World Englishes” model (e.g. Kachru
1986, Bhatt 2001), which describes a heterogeneous set of locally adapted English
varieties. Both the homogeny position and the heterogeny position focus on the
English language as such, including its positioning within macro-sociologicalinstitutions. Thus, neither is able to interrogate the ways in which language users

27
understand and relate to the language varieties around them (see also Bucholtz andHall 2008). Macro-theoretical studies, while undoubtedly necessary, are insufficient
to bring us to an understanding of the spatially dispersed sociocultural interactions
that comprise globalization. For this reason, the current study begins from anengagement with individual language learners in order to explore how they
understand their relationship with fellow learners, with language education as an
institution, and with the nation-state.
Unlike the globalization studies critiqued by Pennycook, which focus on
languages or varieties as such, this dissertation focuses on individuals learning andusing these languages, and the effects of global change on their lives. As such, it ispositioned within a tradition of ethnographic work in sociolinguistics and linguistic
anthropology on local experiences of global languages. Analyses such as Niko
Besnier's discussion of how Tongans enact modernity by buying and selling secondhand goods from the United States in the Nuku'alofa market (2004), Monica Heller's
discussion of the complex relationships of Canada's francophone minorities with both
non-francophone Canada and the broader, international francophonie (1999, 2003), or
Susan Gal's early work on the ideological positions of the German and Hungarian
languages in twentieth century Hungary and their effects on rural sex roles (1978)
comprise a literature on the effects that global changes have on language users. Theview from the ground that these ethnographic studies allow is crucial tounderstanding the reception and resistance of the macro-level changes described instudies of code choice or language planning. Descriptions of local reception,

28
refashioning, and use provide a more nuanced understanding of language change anda necessary corrective to totalizing views of the sociolinguistic situation from the top
down.
This study broadens the focus of language and globalization studies byconsidering neither the fates of minority languages nor the practices of minority
groups, but the multilingual practices and ideologies of middle-class actors in Japanand the United States. Unlike the linguistically or ethnically marginalized subjects
who are often placed at the center of globalization studies, most Hippo Family Club
members come from the ethnic and linguistic majority groups of their local areas.
This work is not unique in focusing on such subjects: similar groups are often
positioned as the consumers of globalized cultural commodities, especially in workby sociocultural anthropologists (e.g. Appadurai 1986, Friedman 1994, Cook andCrang 1996, Tsing 2000). But while members of Hippo Family Club undoubtedly
enjoy a sense of connoisseurship that their burgeoning multilingualism and theirrelationships with people from far-off locations afford them, their discourse features
far more talk about their place within a Hippo 'family.' Club members identify withother Hippos around the world, an identification based primarily on a desire formultilingualism and trans-local connection. Therefore, while this work is placed
within the historical and sociocultural milieu of globalization, it is interested inlanguage users' ideologies of language and language learning, and the identity-workby which Hippo Family Club members come to see themselves as part of a'transnational family.'29
The chapters that follow explore ideologies of language and language learningapparent in the discourse of Hippo Family Club members. Chapter Three, “Ideologies
of language at Hippo Family Club,” explores the language ideologies and folktheories of language learning that exist among members of Hippo Family Club inJapan. I describe ways in which Hippo club discourse positions the learning ofmultiple languages as a break from a traditional view in which language and ethnicity
have been seen as closely linked to Japanese nationality. An important element of this
discourse of change is the way in which Hippo language learning practices break withthe pedagogical tradition in Japanese schools. Chapter Four, “Language ideologies II:
LEX America,” examines the parallel case of LEX Language Project, a sisterorganization in the United States founded as an overseas expansion of Hippo Family
Club. Although LEX Language Project and Hippo Family Club use the samematerials and profess the same goals, unlike Hippo in Japan the American club is notseen as equally ground-breaking. Chapter Five turns to discussion of specificdifferences between club practice in Japan and the US. Despite their distinctions, clubmembers in both sites come to imagine themselves as part of the same 'family.' In
Chapter Six I explore the notion of a transnational identity and the process by which
members come to see themselves as part of such a global community.
Before analyzing specific data, I lay out the research methods employed inthis study in Chapter Two, “Methods for sociocultural linguistics.” As suggested
above, this study straddles the fields of sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology, andthe sociology of language, while also drawing on theories and methods associated30with other allied fields. I describe myself as a sociocultural linguist, since I am
interested in the insights that can be drawn from the various disciplines that study
language use in its social settings. Therefore in Chapter Two I review some of therecent discussions of sociocultural linguistics as a coalition approach, especially inthe work of Mary Bucholtz and Kira Hall (2004, 2005, 2008). Additionally, I review
historical calls for interdisciplinary work in linguistics, anthropology, and sociology,
viewing the recent discussions as a reemergence of an old desire – as indeed do thescholars on whose work I rely. Chapter Two also describes the combination ofparticipant observation, ethnographic interviewing, and analysis of spoken andwritten discourse on which this work is based. While a good deal of the analysis
presented here examines stretches of talk or writing, exploring linguistic anddiscourse practices such as the interdiscursive repetition of certain forms or the
reenactment of speech genres, this discourse analysis is crucially supported byknowledge gained through ethnographic methods. Conversely, the general
understanding of Hippo ideologies and ways of being that are uncovered throughparticipation with club members in their local chapters is crystallized and mademanifest through linguistic discourse. The constellation of methodologies describedin Chapter Two therefore allows both a broader and a clearer understanding of clubpractices and ideas than either ethnography or discourse analysis alone could provide.
Chapter Three discusses two views of language learning that are apparent inJapan: first, a common understanding in schools that treats language as a set of
natural laws to be memorized and manipulated, which I label language as physics,

31
and second, an alternative view common among Hippo Family Club members that I
call language as script. Each of these language ideologies accords in some ways withscholarly theories of grammar and cognition, and each has positive as well as
negative influences on language learning. For this reason, Chapter Three begins withdiscussion of not only the particular ideologies visible in Japan but of past work on
language ideologies and the distinct but related sense of the term developed here. This
work addresses the positive as well as negative effects of Hippo Family Club
members' language ideologies, and their overlap as well as points of departure with
scientific understandings. As Kathryn Woolard (1998) suggests, it is not necessary to
make a sharp distinction between ideology as misrecognition and ideology as folk
understanding. In addition, while much past work on language ideologies has focused
either on folk understandings of the nature of language or of the relationships among
language varieties (Woolard and Schieffelin 1994), the ideologies described here
relate to understandings of the functions of language and the approaches to language
learning that grow out of them.
The language-as-physics ideology can be seen in language teaching, both inschools and in eikaiwa (English conversation programs) in Japan. This view equates
language with natural science, treating the lexicon as a set of elementary particles andgrammar as the natural laws that govern their interactions. Consequently, it isbelieved that the best way to learn a foreign language is to memorize the models andto manipulate them appropriately. This results in students who are able to passgrammar-heavy standardized tests, but who cannot speak their target languages. In32contrast, Hippo Family Club's language-as-script approach views language as theability to reproduce utterances, and assumes that learners can acquire this ability
naturally once they have internalized sufficient input. They therefore set out tomemorize the texts of the Hippo Tapes without explicit attention to linguistic
structure. The result is an ability to use certain high-frequency formulas in multiple
languages with little meta-linguistic knowledge.
Chapter Four discusses a different type of language ideology: the values
placed on monolingualism and multilingualism in the United States. It presents a
reading of public opinion research on language policy through the lens of the Melting
Pot narrative. Americans variously view the presence in the United States oflanguages other than English as a threat to national unity and the cultural status quo,
and as an advantage for individual bilinguals, especially those in the ethnic andsocioeconomic mainstream. Hippo Family Club's rhetoric of multilingualism for all
would appear to be at odds with ideas of the nation-state as monolingual and unified.
Since its membership is primarily middle-class, however, Hippo's offer of acquired
multilingualism aligns with discourses of multilingualism as an individual advantage.
Chapter Four examines how club materials construct Hippo members as educatedmembers of the middle class whose participation with the club bestows educational
advantages upon them. In addition, American members' talk during meetings
illustrates an understanding of language and language learning that is more closelyaligned with academic discourses than that of their Japanese counterparts. Where
Japanese club members describe a major contrast between the quality of second-

33
language learning afforded in formal schooling and that acquired via Hippo practice,
American club members often describe the club as an adjunct to schooling in thesame tradition of pedagogical practice.
Chapter Five, “Perceptions of similarity and difference,” turns to clubmembers' discussions of the differences between Japanese and American versions of
LEX/Hippo. It is common in studies of language and identity to describe thedistinction that group members see between themselves and non-members of their ingroup. The discourse treated in Chapter Five is, however, complicated by the fact thatJapanese Hippo members see differences between themselves and members of LEX
America, yet see their language practice as closer to that of the sister club than theJapanese educational establishment. A major axis of difference between the Japaneseand American club chapters relates to what I term cute. Juvenile cuteness is one
approved form of adult femininity in Japan (Kinsella 1995, Miller 2006). The
Japanese club, whose members are mostly adult women and children, uses a variety
of juvenile images, including the name “Hippo Family Club.” Even though LEX
Language Project has a similar proportion of young members, it affects a Latinsounding name, much as educational products in the US are marketed under namesthat evoke academic tradition, such as Rosetta Stone or Baby Einstein. I relate thesedifference between the US and Japanese understandings of their common endeavor tothe clubs' situatedness in different educational discourses. While the Japanese club isseen as a break from a monolithic approach to schooling lead by the Ministry of
Education (James and Benjamin 1988), the US club exists amid a variety of locally34
controlled schools (Stevenson and Nerison-Low 2002). What appears to be thecirculation of Hippo discourse between Japan and the United States is in fact the
production of distinct but related discourses. As Gal (2007) suggests, the perceptionof flow is an interdiscursive achievement. Descriptions of language learning do not
literally flow from Tokyo to Massachusetts; they are reproduced and subtly changedby American speakers in a new setting and then viewed in retrospect as instantiationsof the same discourse.
In Chapter Six, “Identifying with the transnational family,” I analyze theprocess whereby members of Hippo Family Club and LEX Language Project come toidentify with fellow club members they will never meet. Key to this process is thenotion of adequation (Bucholtz and Hall 2004), whereby individuals selectively
emphasize the similarities between themselves and others, while individual
differences are ignored or explained away in a form of erasure (Irvine and Gal 2000).
Chapter Six describes the image of the ideal Hippo club member that is created by thenarrative content of the Hippo Tapes. In each narrative, a member of Hippo Family
Club travels abroad and makes friends with the people she or he meets. The central
protagonist of each story displays uncertainty and initial difficulty communicating in
a foreign language, followed by rapidly increasing fluency and eventual success informing relationships with hosts. Club members are invited to identify with thenarratives, which present only general sketches of their protagonists with few specificdetails. Indeed, club members' descriptions of their own experiences show a similar

35
progression from uncertainty to success, as well as genuine but shallow relationships
with their hosts that parallel the descriptions in the narratives.
I further argue in Chapter Six that club members' perceptions of similarity
with the protagonists in the Hippo stories are projected onto a relationship with otherclub members via a process of fractal recursivity (Irvine and Gal 2000). Judith Irvine
and Susan Gal first suggested the notion of fractal recursivity as a process of
linguistic differentiation. Differences perceived to exist between social groups are
imagined to hold between individual members of those groups, or between larger orsmaller divisions. In a similar fashion, members of Hippo Family Club first identify
themselves with the protagonists of the Hippo narratives; similarity between thelistener and the narrative protagonist is then projected onto fellow chapter members
and eventually onto members of other chapters in distant parts of the world. Much as
newspapers and other commercially produced media texts allow the citizens ofnation-states to imagine a relationship with fellow citizens by virtue of simultaneous
existence in an ideological space (Anderson 1983), their experience with clubrecordings allow Hippo Family Club members to imagine a relationship with otherclub members who are having similar experiences in distant locations.
The description of Hippo Family Club members' understanding of
language learning as a means of developing cosmopolitan citizenship brings amore grounded view to studies of language and globalization. Unlike
sociolinguistic studies that view the global spread of dominant languages fromabove, this work views the practices of learning and interacting with those36
languages from the ground up. Furthermore, the focus on middle class, suburban
subjects helps to broaden the conversation beyond globalization as a neo-colonial
imposition, or localization as a form of resistance or reclamation. The subjects
described here view a certain level of multilingualism as a means of access bothto cosmopolitan connoisseurship and to enriched interpersonal relationships
across the boundary of the nation-state. The distinct local realizations of thiscosmopolitan vision further emphasize the interdiscursive nature of global flows,
and illustrate the local imagination of global connections.

Methods for sociocultural linguistics“Well, if you all show up, maybe we really could do it, huh?”(track 24, Multilingual Friends Around the World!)
2.1. Research methods
Rather than being clearly centered in sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology, or thesociology of language, this dissertation draws from methods used in a variety of fields
and occupies a theoretical ground straddling traditional academic boundaries.
Although I do not view the various fields that study language in its social settings as
distinct, I am nonetheless cognizant of Ben Rampton's description of perceived
divisions among subfields. “Different branches have developed since the 1960s and
70s, led and populated by different figures, [and] the boundaries around these
specialisations are sensed as clear and consequential, even though they’re far fromimpermeable” (2008: 525). As Rampton goes on to point out, however, fields such associolinguistics and linguistic anthropology that are thought of as distinct disciplines
still bear a family resemblance both in theoretical interests and in overlapping
methods. As Mary Bucholtz and Kira Hall suggest,
The development and spread of sociolinguistics andlinguistic anthropology, along with discourse analysis,
conversation analysis, and many other approaches, hascreated an interdisciplinary foundation for the study oflanguage, culture, and society. These fields do not cometogether under a single disciplinary banner but rather
forge an alliance or coalition that fosters dialogue andcollaboration between complementary approaches.
(Bucholtz and Hall 2008: 403)
Rather than pledging alliance to one or another disciplinary banner, the current workdraws from several of these allied approaches, which Bucholtz and Hall labelsociocultural linguistics (Bucholtz and Hall 2004a, 2005, 2008). This chapter

38
describes the methods used in researching the dissertation, as well as myunderstanding of sociocultural linguistics as an interdisciplinary approach.
I will begin this chapter with a discussion of the methods used to gather andanalyze the data. The primary methods used here come from ethnography and fromdiscourse analysis. Therefore, I begin this section by explaining my own
understanding and approach to ethnography and to discourse analysis as methods of
discovery. I then describe my fieldwork and data collection in more detail. The initial
fieldwork for this project was carried out in Kansai, western Japan, from 2005-2006,
when I first joined Karagoku Family. I then visited eastern Massachusetts in the fallof 2006 and observed several chapters of LEX Language Project. Initial analyses
were then created and shared with members of Hippo Family Club and LEX America.
Following this initial period of analysis, I returned to the field, spending more time inJapan and in Massachusetts. During this second period of field work I was able to ask
more specific questions, based on the results of my early analyses.
In the second section of this chapter, I return to the discussion of sociocultural
linguistics as both an alliance of scholars from various disciplines, and as an approachin its own right to the study of language in society. I look briefly at the history of calls
for socially engaged approaches to the study of human language, and at work inlinguistics, anthropology, and sociology that has responded to this call. I see
sociocultural linguistics as a continuation of this tradition. Finally, I argue that an
approach that draws from sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology, and the sociology

39
of language can illuminate language behavior and individual ideas about language
and language learning in ways that might not be accessible from any single approach.
The earliest methods employed in this study were ethnographic methods,
especially participant observation. A the outset, however, I did not conceive of what I
was doing as a research methodology. As described in Chapter 1, I first contacted
members of Karagoku Family not as a researcher pursuing a project, but as a foreign
guest in the home of the Tanaka family. Later I joined Hippo Family Club, not withany explicit intention of studying the club's approach to language learning, but as ameans of meeting individual bilinguals who I might interview or otherwise study.
Every week I attended Karagoku Family meetings, gradually learning how to behave
in order to get along with my fellow club members as we practiced speaking foreign
languages. For many weeks I was frustrated that I could not find any subjects tostudy, but I enjoyed practicing with my fellow club members. Eventually, and only inretrospect, I came to see my activities as “doing ethnography” in the sense describedby James P. Spradley: “Rather than studying people, ethnography means learningfrom people” (1980: 3, original emphasis).
The usual approach to doing ethnography begins by selecting a project andmaking a few basic decisions about its scope. Unlike some other forms of research,these projects do not generally begin with a hypothesis to be tested. Rather, theproject may be defined in terms of describing some group of people (e.g. Heller 1999,
Linger 2001) or some situated practice (e.g. Irvine 1974, Bauman 2001). The goal ofan ethnography is to discover aspects of the social world as group members

40
understand and experience them, rather than to find the answers to particularquestions that are posed ahead of time.
Spradley (1980) suggests that the ethnographer must discover and describe
three aspects of human experience. The first of these, cultural artifacts, are theobjects that people make or shape from the natural world so that they may use them in
specific ways. The ways in which artifacts are created and used are specific to theculture of their users, so that understanding them provides necessary insight into that
culture. Artifacts of Hippo culture include Hippo tapes, kamishibai (picture albums),
and microphones. The second aspect of culture that should be described is cultural
behavior, the things that people do. The behaviors of specific interest in the study of
Hippo Family Club are those behaviors that define the club as distinct from otheraspects of daily life, such as attending weekly meetings and all of the specificbehaviors that constitute these meetings. The identification of cultural artifacts andcultural behaviors are key to uncovering Spradley's third category, cultural
knowledge. Cultural knowledge is the large body of shared knowledge that membersof a sociocultural group are socialized to know, and which they rely on in order tointerpret experiences and to behave appropriately within their society. It is theunderstanding of this broad reservoir of cultural knowledge that is ultimately the goalof an ethnographic project.
Discourse analysis forms the second major methodology employed in thisdissertation. The approach to discourse analysis that I employ is greatly inspired byconversation analysis (CA) (Sacks, Schegloff, and Jefferson 1974) in terms of its

41
technique, but differs from typical CA analysis in important theoretical assumptions.
Like a conversation analyst, I prefer to consider data with as little remove from themoment of interaction as possible. This means that my analyses rely on video
recordings of interactions, rather than on transcripts of those recordings or coded data
sets derived from instrumental measurements. The transcription conventions used topresent the data in written form are also derived from conventions commonly usedwithin CA. Unlike traditional CA, however, my interests in the data are not primarily
related to the structure and pragmatic function of interactions or participants' sharedknowledge of the norms for communication. While these aspects of talk-in-interaction
are of interest, I also attempt to reconstruct cultural knowledge displayed acrossinteractions or described in the participants' own words.
Conversation analysis began as an attempt by sociologist Harvey Sacks andhis colleagues – notably Emanuel Schegloff and Gail Jefferson – to describe theorderliness of talk in interaction (Sacks, Schegloff, and Jefferson 1974).9 Inspired bystudies of ethnomethodology (Heritage 1984a), CA describes the social orderunderlying conversation and other discourse behaviors. This includes procedures forturn-taking, the sequencing of conversational acts, and preferred structures forcompleting an interaction. Over the course of several decades, the CA approach has
been adopted by scholars from sociology, communication studies, psychology,
linguistics, and other fields (Auer 1984, Hutchby and Wooffitt 1998, Ford, Fox, andThompson 2002, Ohara and Saft 2003, inter alia). Conversation analysis is an
9Work prior to Sacks, Schegloff, and Jefferson (1974), especially work by Sacks during the 1960s andearly 1970s, provides important background to CA as such. See for example Lectures on Conversation(Sacks 1992).

42
inductive, empirical form of research that attempts to describe the procedures that
underlie discourse by analyzing naturally occurring talk as a form of interaction thatis systematic and orderly at all levels. Conversation analysts typically assume that thisorder can be observed in discourse interaction itself, with no need to appeal to outside
knowledge or experience.
Critics of conversation analysis have suggested that despite CA's remarkablesuccess at uncovering the norms of talk-in-interaction, richer understandings of theknowledge displayed in discourse can be achieved by combining its methodology
with other forms of investigation. For example, Christopher Stroud (1998) argues thatby proscribing argument from knowledge gained outside the interaction underinvestigation, CA may fail to understand the local significance of the conversational
forms it analyzes. Speakers, after all, have experienced a lifetime of discourse andother socialization prior to any particular moment of interaction. It is possible thatparties to an interaction take up a position relative to some prior knowledge orexperience that is not visible to an analyst who comes to the interaction without thisexperience.
There are two reasons why I have pursued an approach to discourse analysis
that, while inspired by the methods of conversation analysis, attempts to recoverknowledge that is not obviously displayed in the immediate interaction. First, as
described above, I am interested in patterns of cultural knowledge beyond thosenecessary for successful face-to-face interaction. This cultural knowledge includes
attitudes toward social institutions such as education, or tactics for achieving identity

43
positions. While such cultural knowledge is constructed via interaction among
members of the social group, it is not equally visible in every interaction. Second, as arelative newcomer to the world of Hippo Family Club and the culture of Japan, I do
not assume that I can always see the displays of procedural knowledge that groupmembers understand in particular interactions. As Kira Hall argues, “The social
meaning behind the use of particular linguistic forms in everyday conversation can
only be determined by attending to the local worlds of discourse that control
meaning-making” (2009: 144). Hall suggests that the analyst cannot recognize theforms of cultural knowledge that are produced through interaction without
understanding the cultural context within which the participants interpret them. The
cultural knowledge that participants display to one another in an interaction may not
be visible to analysts who do not share their view of the world.
In addition to analyses of spoken discourse that draw from the tradition of
conversation analysis, this dissertation analyzes written or other less-interactive formsof discourse. I note that, while written discourse is less interactive than dyadic or
multi-party speech, it is not without an interactive dimension. Even written discourses
display a degree of intertextual dialogism (Bakhtin 1981). That is, all language use
exists within a history of linguistic behavior. Since language use is a shared,
interpersonal phenomenon, every instance is informed by instances in the users' pastand has the potential to inform future uses. The analyses in Chapter 5 and Chapter 6,
in particular, illustrate how talk during Hippo Family Club and LEX Language
Project meetings is linked to written and audio-recorded texts that club members

44
expect one another to know. The spoken interactions analyzed in Chapter 3 andChapter 4 are similarly informed by shared knowledge of Hippo recordings and otherprior texts.
Let us now turn to a more concrete description of how the data were collected.
Data collection occurred in three phases: (1) my initial period of interaction with
Karagoku Family during 2005-2006; (2) participant observation and video recording
at LEX Language Project clubs and the LEX America headquarters during 2006; and(3) my return to the field in 2008 and 2009. In addition, I analyze Hippo Family
Club's language-learning recordings and written material from the web pages of LEX
Institute and LEX Language Project.
My initial interaction with Karagoku Family took place between November
2005 and May 2006. As described in Chapter 1, I first met the members of Karagoku
Family when I was introduced to the Tanaka family as part of the Japan Foundation
Kansai International Center's 'home visit' program. I began to attend Hippo meetings
in January of 2006, and eventually became a club member. Since I did not intend thisas a research project from the first, my early field notes were quite spotty. Fortunately,as a research fellow of the Japan Foundation, I was expected to make a report on myactivities during my stay in Japan. This lead me to keep general records, andeventually to pursue additional methods of data gathering. Those early notes
consisted primarily of an accounting of meeting times and places, and lists of theactivities practiced during each meeting. As I became more interested in the club
activities I began to note my perceptions of the differences between language learning

45
at Hippo and the intensive Japanese language classes that I was enrolled in at the
research center where I lived.
By the end of January I had decided to record some weekly Hippo meetings sothat I might report their content to my sponsors in the Japan Foundation. I discussed
this idea with the members of Karagoku Family, who were quite excited by theprospect. Although my Japanese sponsors did not require it, I obtained informed
consent from all of the club members, in accordance with common research practices
in the United States. Starting in mid-February, I began to make video recordings of
the weekly Family meetings.
The process for making video recordings evolved over several weeks. After I
had obtained informed consent from all club members, I began to video record
weekly meetings. At first I would place a small video recorder on a tripod in one
corner of the room and allow it to record whatever was occurring. This proved to beless than ideal, as the one-hour video tapes were insufficient to record an entire
meeting, and without monitoring the camera I could not focus on individual speakers
or other focal events.
After a few weeks I adopted a more useful approach to using the video
camera. As described in Chapter 1, weekly meetings at Karagoku progressed from a
pre-meeting phase during which members who arrived early would practicemetakatsu, then to the dancing and game-playing known as 'SADA,' and eventually to'talking time' during which each club member was expected to deliver a speech. My
procedure involved setting up the camera and tripod during the pre-meeting phase and46
switching on its built-in screen, but not starting the recording. During the initial
minutes of each meeting, the children present would pay a great deal of attention to
the camera, taking special delight in seeing themselves on the screen. Eventually,
though, most of them would tire of looking at the camera and would participate in
SADA activities as normal. During talking time, I would place the tripod next to mein the circle of participants, and turn the camera toward each speaker in turn. Someclub members, especially seven-year-old Shin Tanaka, would look through thecamera's view finder or otherwise pay attention to the camera, but the presence of thecamera did not otherwise seem to have an obvious effect on speakers.
The use of material technologies of research allowed me to recognize thenature of my own activities as research. That is to say, after I had created and used
informed consent forms and had begun to use a camera, I began to take more carewith my notes and to think of my participation with Hippo Family Club as doing
ethnography. For example, I began to record folk terms for the various activities andtypes of meetings, and to attend to the different uses of physical space and the rangeof behaviors enacted by each club member.
In May of 2006 I presented a report on language learning at Hippo Family
Club to the Japan Foundation Kansai International Center. I described my initial
encounters with the Tanaka family and the practice of typical weekly meetings. I also
analyzed three fragments of spoken discourse from the 'talking time' portion of
meetings. I concluded that Hippo Family Club practices had generally positive effects
on language learning. More importantly, I concluded, the treatment of language

47
learning as a play activity produced positive attitudes toward languages and a positive
inclination to interact with unfamiliar people.
My report at the Japan Foundation Kansai center was well-received by themembers of Karagoku Family. Several members attended the public event during
which I reported my findings. I wrote the report in Japanese and gave the written
report to the club. With the help of the Japan Foundation staff, I also prepared an
edited version of the video data recorded during meetings, which I likewise
distributed to club members. When I left Japan at the end of May, 2006, several
Hippo Family Club members accompanied me to the airport and welcomed me toreturn to Japan when I could.
In the summer of 2006, with support from the Department of Linguistics at the
University of Colorado, Boulder, I prepared to visit the LEX America headquarters in
Belmont, Massachusetts and to undertake participant observation at LEX Language
Project chapters. I began preparation by writing to LEX America headquarters anddescribing my experiences with Karagoku Family in Japan. The program director andstaff invited me to visit them that fall. I spent the month of September participating
every week with each of the three LEX Language Project clubs that were active atthat time.
My participation in the LEX Language Project clubs differed somewhat frommy involvement with Karagoku Family. While I had spent several months to becomea member of Karagoku, my initial visit to Massachusetts lasted only one month. This
did not allow me to develop relationships of the same depth and quality as I had

48
established in Japan. While I was able to spend time in the home of the Tanaka family
and otherwise socialize with Karagoku Family members outside of club meetings, myinteractions with LEX club members were less extensive. On the other hand, since I
had a clearer set of project goals and an understanding of Hippo practice in Japan towhich I could compare LEX activities in Massachusetts, my field notes were more
systematic and richer. In addition, I was able to carry out a small number ofinterviews with LEX club members, a research methodology I had not employedduring my initial fieldwork in Japan.
I established a particularly rewarding relationship with 'Natalie,' the director of
LEX America. Natalie had visited LEX Institute headquarters in Tokyo on numerous
occasions, and had participated with Hippo Family Club chapters in Japan. She wastherefore able to offer her impressions about the similarities and differences of Hippo
practice in the two countries. In addition, I was invited to discuss LEX and its
activities with a member of the LEX America board of directors who happened to bevisiting Massachusetts at the same time that I was.
The members of two LEX Language Project chapters consented to be video
taped. Some members of the third club preferred not to be recorded. For that reason,no recording took place at that chapter. At the chapters where video recording was
welcomed, I recorded the 'talking time' portion of meetings, using a procedure similar
to the one that I had developed in Japan. I set up the camera prior to the start of themeeting, but did not begin recording until we were all seated in a circle for talking
time. Since some members expressed reluctance to see recorded images of49
themselves, I did not move the camera to focus on particular speakers as I had inJapan. Instead, the camera was static and the screen was visible so that individuals
could choose to remain out of the camera's view if they so desired. For this reason,
only the voices and not the images of some participants were recorded. Thisdifference did not have a particularly great effect on discourse analysis, though ofcourse some information, such as gaze or gestures by these members, is missing fromthe record.
Following my return to Colorado in the fall of 2006, I prepared an
ethnographic sketch of practice during LEX Language Project meetings. This sketch
was sent to the LEX America headquarters, and from there was distributed to allmembers of the various club chapters. Club members were invited to contact me
directly, or to contact the LEX America office with their comments or questions about
the sketch. I received a small number of comments, which were helpful in refining
my analysis.
After making observations in Massachusetts, I was able to refine the questions
I had developed in Japan. I noted small differences between certain practices at
Karagoku Family and their analogues at LEX America chapters. For example, while
membership in Karagoku Family was more or less evenly divided between children
and adults, one club in the United States had no children in it. I concluded that it
would be necessary to visit other Hippo Family Club chapters in other parts of Japanin order to determine how typical Karagoku Family was of Hippo chapters there.

50
I did not travel to Japan or to Massachusetts during 2007. I did, however,maintain contact with members of Karagoku Family by participating in a distributed
email list. Members frequently exchanged email in which they discussed club events,
including kouenkai and visits from overseas guests. I also kept up email contact with
the LEX America staff and a few individual club members.
In the fall of 2008, with support from the National Science Foundation, I
returned to Japan. I spent the months of October and November in the Kanto regionof eastern Japan. During this time I stayed with two different families of Hippo
chapter members, living as a guest in their homes for one week each. Since membersof Hippo Family Club often host guests from abroad, I was anxious to experience thiselement of club practice. During the rest of my stay in Kanto, I rented a small room in
Yokohama. From there I could easily travel by train to a number of surrounding
towns and cities.
While residing in Kanto, I traveled frequently to Tokyo to visit the LEX
Institute headquarters. I also participated each week in three separate Hippo chapters,
each within a half-hour train ride from Yokohama. In addition to my regularattendance at these three chapters, I made occasional visits to 21 additional chaptersand special events. During these visits I made copious field notes, but made no video
recordings. I was also able to interview members of several of the clubs I visited.
At the end of November, I moved to Kansai, western Japan, where I stayed
during the months of December and January. At first I stayed in the city of Osaka, but
soon moved to the nearby town where Karagoku Family is located. In Kansai, I

51
participated each week with Karagoku Family and one other club chapter in anothercity. In addition, I participated occasionally with twelve other chapters. I also visited
the LEX Institute Kansai office in the city of Osaka on several occasions. Again,
these meetings were recorded in field notes. I chose not to make additional video
recordings during this time, since I believed that the need to secure informed consent
from large numbers of participants could alter the character of the events. Throughthis multi-sited field work I was able to conclude that Karagoku Family practices are
fairly typical of Hippo Family Club chapters in Japan. In addition, I was able to map afull range of normal club behaviors.
In March of 2009 I returned to Massachusetts. This trip was also supported by
the National Science Foundation. By the time I returned, a fourth LEX Language
Project chapter had been established. I participated each week at all four of thesechapters. In addition, I was allowed to observe an after school program operated by
LEX America staff at an elementary school in the Greater Boston area (see Chapter
4). My visit also happened to coincide with a meeting of the LEX America board of
directors in Cambridge, Massachusetts. While I was not invited to observe the board
meeting, I was able to meet all of the members of the board and to talk with them. I
also carried out ethnographic interviews with several club members.
While the field notes and video recordings made during my visits to Japan and
Massachusetts from 2006-2009 form the bulk of the data analyzed for thisdissertation, additional data comes from pre-recorded or written sources. Three sets ofaudio recordings sold by LEX Institute and utilized by club members for language

52
learning are analyzed. Hippo Goes Overseas (Hippo Family Club 1985) tells thefictional story of Sonoko Ogura, a young Hippo Family Club member from Tokyo,
who visits Janet Brown, a 4-H club member, somewhere in the United States. Anyone
Can Speak 7 Langauges! (Hippo Family Club 1997) is a collection of short essays
about Hippo Family Club written by club members and recorded by voice actors.
Multilingual Friends Around the World! (LEX Institute 2006) tells the fictional storyof Ichiro Suzuki, a Hippo Family Club member from Yokohama who attends highschool in Wisconsin and later travels to Singapore and Mexico City. Additional
written data comes from the web sites of LEX Institute (LEX Institute 2007) and LEX
America (LEX Language Project 2007).
2.2. Sociocultural linguistics
This dissertation occupies a position between sociolinguistics, linguistic
anthropology, and the sociology of language both in terms of its methods and its
goals. I am calling it a work of sociocultural linguistics, if for no other reason thanthat the term has less well-defined boundaries than do labels with longer histories ofuse. In this section I discuss sociocultural linguistics as a recently named, but longpracticed interdisciplinary approach to language study that considers not only theformal structures of language but also the social and cultural functions of languageuse.
The label sociocultural linguistics was suggested by Mary Bucholtz and Kira
Hall (2004a) as a way of understanding language and social positioning based onscholarship in social psychology, linguistic anthropology, sociolinguistics, and other53
fields of research. Elsewhere in the same paper, they refer to this broad swath of thesocial sciences as “socioculturally oriented linguistic scholarship” (2004a: 469). Thus
the term was not proposed as the name of a new field, but as a description of any of anumber of approaches from allied fields interested in language in its social andcultural settings. Bucholtz and Hall refined this definition in subsequent work.
By sociocultural linguistics, we mean the broadinterdisciplinary field concerned with the intersection of
language, culture, and society. This term encompasses
the disciplinary subfields of sociolinguistics, linguistic
anthropology, socially oriented forms of discourse
analysis (such as conversation analysis and critical
discourse analysis), and linguistically oriented social
psychology, among others. (Bucholtz and Hall 2005:
586).
Although proposed as an umbrella term for related approaches within various fields
and not as a field in its own right, some subsequent studies suggested thatsociocultural linguistics is a new interdisciplinary framework for analysis (e.g. Greer
2008, Ahlers 2009). Bucholtz and Hall stress that their use of the term is intended not
to create or label a new approach, but simply to recognize “an interdisciplinary
coalition that is already thriving but not always recognized” (2008: 404).
There is a long history of calls for interdisciplinary approaches from scholars
in a variety of fields concerned with language in its social settings. Linguists, forexample, have repeatedly sought to bring their own study of language as such closer
to other fields of social inquiry. Writing in Language, the journal of the LinguisticSociety of America, Edward Sapir argued that linguists needed to “become aware ofwhat their science may mean for the interpretation of human conduct in general”

54(Sapir 1929: 207). He argued that anthropology, psychology, and the social sciences
could be enriched by the findings of linguistic research, and urged linguists to look to
the social world within which language behavior exists.
It is peculiarly important that linguists, who are often
accused, and accused justly, of failure to look beyond
the pretty patterns of their subject matter, should
become aware of what their science may mean for theinterpretation of human conduct in general. Whether
they like it or not, they must become increasingly
concerned with the many anthropological, sociological,
and psychological problems which invade the field of
language. (Sapir 1929: 214)
During the first half of the twentieth century, linguists produced a number of works
that attended to the social and cultural settings within which language is produced(e.g. Hoijer 1948, Weinreich 1953, Haugen 1953). Language was also one of the main
focuses of four-field anthropology in the United States. Even if linguistic field work
had once been separated from ethnology (Mead 1939), by the 1940s linguistic andsociocultural anthropologists could speak to common interests (e.g. Boas [1940]
1982, Barker 1947).
With the professionalization of linguistics and the move for the field as anindependent enterprise, some scholars in the 1960s were again arguing for alinguistics that was more socially and communicatively engaged. In a special issue ofAmerican Anthropologist (Hymes and Gumperz 1964), the journal of the American
Anthropological Association, Dell Hymes worried that Sapir’s interdisciplinary
linguistics was being pushed aside.
Sapir’s hope may seem forlorn, if one regards thedominant aspect of linguistics in the first part of the55
twentieth century. The concern to establish autonomy assubject and profession ... has led in many hands to thesegregation, often quite narrowly, of that which is to be
accepted as properly linguistic from that which is not.
(Hymes 1964: 1)
Hymes's concern about laboring in the shadow of dominant approaches to cognitiveand grammatical-structural aspects of language notwithstanding, the 1960s saw the
emergence of sociolinguistics as a subfield of linguistics (Labov 1963; Bright 1966).
At the same time, studies of verbal repertoires (Gumperz 1964) and language
socialization (Basso 1967) were appearing in linguistic anthropology; the sociologyof language, with its attention to language planning and patterns of language use insocieties, was emerging (e.g. Fishman 1966, Fishman 1968); and the ethnography ofcommunication (Hymes and Gumperz 1964, Gumperz and Hymes 1972) was createdas an approach to discourse analysis which drew on ethnographic as well as linguistic
methods. As described above, conversation analysis also developed within sociology
around this time and has subsequently affected all manner of fields.
Sociocultural linguistics is a new label for what was once calledsociolinguistics or linguistic anthropology – that is, a broad area of research thatencompasses work in linguistics, anthropology, and sociology (Bucholtz and Hall2008). The latter terms, of course, have since been redefined as separate but related
fields with their own histories and literatures (Rampton 2008). The term sociocultural
linguistics may be seen as a new label for a longstanding tradition of interdisciplinary
work, a label that does not bear the weight of such disciplinary history (Bucholtz andHall 2005).

56
While I recognize that an interdisciplinary perspective is not new in studies oflanguage use, I am nonetheless keen to label this dissertation as a work ofsociocultural linguistics. An interdisciplinary approach is vital to understanding theideologies of language learning and language use by which members of Hippo Family
Club come to view themselves as cosmopolitan subjects in a global world. Whileapproaches to the place of language in contemporary political and economic projects
from a variety of fields have helped to shed light on recent social changes, no single
field offers a complete view on its own. Therefore, interdisciplinary approaches andcoalitions among scholars are necessary to understanding complex social processes.
By labeling this work sociocultural linguistics, I offer it to colleagues acrosssubfields, just as I employ a diversity of research methods.
The use of ethnographic and discourse methods strengthens the study oflanguage learning as a global phenomenon in two ways. First, the focus on local
practices that is essential to both ethnography and socially-oriented discourse
analysis protects against totalizing views of languages as reified global
commodities. As described in Chapter 1, top-down views of English as either ahomogenizing force in globalization or a heterogeneous set of national varieties
miss the specific practices of individual language users that constitute thelanguage (Pennycook 2003b, Bucholtz and Hall 2008). Instead, both global
languages and the practices seen to constitute globalization need to be viewed interms of their everyday constitution and reproduction. Second, these practices
need to be understood as both culturally situated and interactionally achieved.

57
Individuals understand and experience the social world through interaction withothers. Close analysis of discourse allows us to observe how this understanding isbuilt. At the same time, since this understanding is built up over the course ofentire lifetimes, ethnographic observation is necessary to allow the analyst to
grasp the knowledge that social actors display to one another (Hall 2009). The
combination of methods employed here illuminates how members of Hippo
Family Club come to understand themselves as active participants in a globalorganization.

Ideologies of language at Hippo Family Club
“Language is something that is born and nurtured between people.”(track 12, Anyone Can Speak 7 Languages!)
3.1. Hajime ni (Introduction)
On some trains in Japan, there are video monitors above the doors that display thetrain schedule, the next stop, and other information. In between stops, however, thesemonitors display advertisements for various products. Several times while I was
riding the train around Yokohama I watched a video advertisement for a company
called Gaba Eikaiwa. The eikaiwa (English conversation) industry is a hugecommercial undertaking, with companies competing all over Japan to attract students.
According to Philip Seargeant (2006) the industry attracts students of all ages from all
segments of society through heavy advertising, grossing hundreds of billions of yen
in total sales.
I was struck by Gaba Eikaiwa’s advertisement on the train. The video,
which changes from day to day, usually 'teaches' English by giving an
explanation, in Japanese, of the difference between two English words. For
example, a segment I watched several times compares the prepositions to andthrough. (Since trains are noisy places, the medium is essentially visual,presenting both images and text.) First, the segment gives translations of each
word: “to: made; through: o tooshite.” Then it describes in a few sentences ofJapanese how each preposition should be used, and finally presents several
exercises. “The package was sent ___ the client. The package went ___ customs.”
etc. The entire presentation lasts about three minutes. One of the things that isinteresting about the advertisement is its resemblance to the grammar-translation

59
method of foreign language learning, an approach that is not only disfavored bymany contemporary educators (Omaggio Hadley 2001) but also deprecated in theadvertising of many eikaiwa (Seargeant 2006).10
The description of English grammar in Japanese reminded me of anexperience I had a decade earlier in Hiroshima prefecture when I was asked to be a
substitute assistant teacher at a local junior high school. At the time I was teaching
English to executives at a local manufacturing company that wanted its staff to beable to communicate with international clients. My acquaintance, an assistant teacher
at a private junior high, needed someone to fill in for him one day, and assured methat I didn’t need to do any lesson preparation. As it turned out, the job did not
involve any actual teaching on my part. Rather, the classroom teacher lectured inJapanese for the better part of an hour on some aspect of English grammar – I haveforgotten precisely what – during which time my job was to read aloud several
example sentences from the textbook. I understood that I had not been offered the job
due to my teaching ability; rather, it was due to aspects of my identity, specifically myperceived 'authenticity' as an English-speaking American (compare Duff and Uchida
1997, Seargeant 2006). In this classroom, at least, the assistant teacher seemed tofunction to authenticate the international character of English lessons, while theirpedagogical value was in the Japanese speaking teacher’s grammar description andthe workbook exercises the students carried out while he spoke.

10

The videos do, however, feature another visual icon that Seargeant (2006) suggests is an important
selling point for other eikaiwa: attractive Caucasian teachers.

60
These experiences reflect a traditional view of language learning in Japan. In
this view, language is seen as something similar to inorganic chemistry or Newtonian
physics: a world of interacting elements that follow particular rules or laws in theirinteractions. Just as the way to learn chemistry is to memorize the elements of theperiodic table and to understand stoichiometry, the way to learn English is tomemorize a list of words and to understand grammar, in the sense of rules governing
the interaction of linguistic elements. I will call this understanding of language, andthe approach to language learning that grows out of it, the ideology of language asphysics. This view contrasts with the understanding of language learning visible in
Hippo Family Club discourse, which I will call language as script. Where thelanguage-as-physics ideology highlights the learning of pedagogical grammar models
as an academic goal in its own right, the language-as-script ideology sets as the goalof language study the reproduction of particular utterances.
The different approaches to language learning in Japanese schools and in
Hippo Family Club are based on different understandings of the function of language
in society. In the former case, language, and especially grammar, is seen as a form ofscholastic knowledge and a key to access further academic and economic opportunity.
In the latter case, languages are seen as sets of practices, sets of utterance, which bindtheir speakers to one another. Members of Hippo Family Club see their own
multilingualism, with its binding force, as their key to a cosmopolitan realm ofinterlinked communities.

61
In this chapter I will argue that the language-as-script understanding is theideological key that promotes both Hippo Family Club's pursuit of multilingualism inglobally dominant languages, and its understanding of cosmopolitan citizenship as abreak from Japanese notions of individual identity rooted in the nation. In section 3.2
I will review some past work on ideologies of language and language learning. The
current dissertation differs from work in linguistic anthropology that focuses on
ideologies of language structures or of the place of language varieties in society.
Instead, I am primarily concerned with ideologies of language learning. Although
understandings of the function and the nature of languages have important effects on
approaches to language learning, the ideological construction of what learning is andhow it occurs is central to the discussion here (compare Heath 1977, 1982). Similarly
important for the current work are discourses of monolingualism in the nation-state,against which Hippo's view of multilingualism may be seen as a reaction. Therefore,
section 3.2 also discusses twentieth century discourses in Japan connecting language,
ethnicity, and nationalism, and the contemporary ideas of language and national
identity that succeed them.
In section 3.3 I return to a discussion of the educational practices that growout of these understandings of language learning. After a brief description of English
language classes in Japanese schools, I turn to Hippo Family Club's critique of the
traditional approach to foreign language learning. Hippo members draw on
discussions of first- and second-language acquisition to argue that the dominant
approach in Japanese schools is unnatural and ineffective. Curiously, while the Hippo

62
Family Club approach to language learning seems to draw on innatist theories oflanguage acquisition (e.g. Chomsky 1972, Lenneberg 2004), at times members'
descriptions recall interactional theories that challenge this view of language as innate(e.g. Ochs and Schieffelin 1984, Tomaselo 2003). I conclude that, regardless of thematch between their understanding and those of scientists or language educators,
Hippo's approach to language learning has generally positive effects on learning
outcomes.
Finally, section 3.4 analyzes a spoken discourse from a Hippo Family Club
meeting in Osaka in 2006. During a weekly meeting, several members of Karagoku
Family help five-year-old Taro-kun construct a self-introduction in English. Despite
contributions from several speakers, the speech event is treated as though it were amonologue delivered to the group from Taro-kun. In addition, although I was the only
native speaker of English present, the members of the club treated me not as apossible interlocutor but as a passive audience for Taro-kun's performance. I argue
that this behavior reveals the club members' understanding of language not as acapacity for the interactive creation of conversations or the exchange of ideas, but asa set of utterances to be memorized and deployed in order to achieve social
positioning.
3.2. Ideologies of language and learning
The understanding of ideology in this dissertation is not that of a form of false
consciousness (Marx 1968) that blinds language learners or language users to the true
nature of their subject. Both the understandings of traditional Japanese education that

63
I describe as the language-as-physics ideology and the Hippo Family Club view that I
call the language-as-script ideology have significant overlap with the descriptions of
the nature of language in linguistics, psychology, and other scientific approaches. By
using the term ideology I intend only to describe systems of beliefs about the natureof language, and specifically the beliefs that underlie approaches to second language
learning.
The notion of ideology has a long history in social science. In her introduction
to studies of ideology, Kathryn Woolard (1998) traces the term to French
Enlightenment philosopher Antoine Destutt de Tracy. His Eléments d'idéologie,
published around 1818, attempted to lay out a “science of ideas.” Destutt de Tracy’s
idéologie was famously attacked by Napoleon Bonaparte, who saw the abstract,
rationalist science as divorced from social and material reality, and whose use of theterm contributed to the definition of ideology as “Ideal or abstract speculation; in a
depreciatory sense, unpractical or visionary theorizing or speculation” (Oxford
English Dictionary 1989). Napoleon’s disparaging usage relates to Marx’s notion ofideology as false consciousness, blinding individuals to economic reality (Marx1968).
Woolard suggests, “The great divide in studies of ideology lies between
neutral and negative values of the term” (1998: 7). Critical or negative analyses focus
on the links between systems of ideology and the arrangements of social, political,
and economic power that support them. Neutral or descriptive conceptions ofideology apply the term to any view of the world from a particular social position.

64
Judith Irvine and Susan Gal (2000), for example, note the effects of social andpolitical assumptions on nineteenth century European linguists' failure to accurately
describe the relationships among the Senegal group of Niger-Congo languages.
Starting from the Enlightenment ideology that each nation has its own language, theselinguists reasoned that Fula, Sereer, and Wolof must belong to distinct national groups
and tried to draw geographical boundaries between them, ignoring the fact that
individual speakers commanded multiple varieties, typically using Fula in talkassociated with Islam and Wolof in commercial trade. In contrast, Michael
Silverstein's (1979) description of native speakers' attempts to rationalize the content
of certain semantic categories, such as mass versus count nouns, in terms of theirreferents, considers a politically neutral language ideology. Silverstein points out that
language users' rationalizations sometimes concur with the theories developed bylinguists and sometimes differ; in any case, the fact that such beliefs are not scientificdoes not make them “incorrect or contemptible” (1979:193).
The term language ideology as it is used in the current work has a neutral
sense, without regard for the nature of the fit between users' understandings oflanguage and any objective state of affairs. Indeed, just as Silverstein (1979) suggeststhat folk beliefs about language are not necessarily incorrect, we should not assume
that linguists' understandings of language are necessarily correct. Irvine and Gal pointout that the scientific classification of African languages in the nineteenth century wasquite different from the current state of the art for reasons linked to linguists'
ideologies. In addition, Deborah Cameron (1990) points out that variationist

65
sociolinguistics, in its attempt to overthrow the ideology of the ideal speaker-listener(Chomsky 1972), in turn promotes an image of social structure as a static edificereflected in linguistic variation rather than created (in part) by language use. Neither
careful empiricism nor elegant theorizing negates the fact that linguistics itself is a
description of language as we believe it to exist – in other words, a language ideology
in Silverstein's (1979) sense. I have tried to keep this point in mind when analyzing
the beliefs of others, especially when the differ from my own.
The particular ideologies that are of interest here are those that underlie orotherwise affect second language learning. Shirley Brice Heath (1977) offers aparticularly insightful explanation of the effect that contrasting ideologies can have on
language education and on language planning in general. She points out that policy
makers and the individuals toward whom language policy is aimed often holddifferent ideologies about the place of language in social life. Heath describes two
approaches to bilingual education that rest on different ideologies about the role oflanguage education: a cultivation approach (1977: 54), in which the purpose ofbilingual education is seen as the provision of additional linguistic resources, is basedon an historical view of language learning as a means to broaden intellectual
discipline. In contrast is a policy approach (1977: 54), in which bilingual education isseen as a duty to bring the culturally and linguistically different into line with the
majority. Heath proposes that language policy should proceed from an understandingof the language ideologies held by individuals who are the target of legal
interventions, and an understanding of how these may differ from the ideologies held

66
by policy makers. In the absence of such appreciation, language planning will notserve the needs of those at whom it is directed, and its implementation will be ignoredor resisted.
Heath's (1982) work on ideologies of literacy and their effects on elementary
education lends additional theoretical support to the current work. By analyzing thereading and story-telling routines in two working-class enclaves, one white and one
black, Heath shows how the norms of classroom interaction are closely modeled on
the expectations of a middle-class childhood. While the technologies of literacy, suchas books and the written alphabet, were common in the working-class white homes
Heath observed, reading was treated as a monologic event in which young children
were to listen quietly as adults or older children read to them. This habituation toexperiencing literacy passively and quietly appeared to serve the children well inearly grades where the teachers' primary goals were classroom management, but inlater grades the children proved inadequate to the task of responding creatively toclassroom prompts. On the other hand, the working-class black children, who grew
up in an interactive environment of creative storytelling and joking, might have beensuited to the demands of these later grades, except for the fact that they came toschool without the same training in adapting their behavior to the demands of theteacher. For this reason, most of the working-class black children were deemed to be
uncooperative or poor learners before they reached the later grades. Both children
from the white and the black neighborhoods contrasted with middle-class children,
whose upbringing most resembled that of their teachers. These children arrived in67school with both the skills and the expectations required to succeed. Heath argues thatteacher's ideologies as well as children's practices and early socialization have crucial
effects on educational outcomes.
While Heath's work on language planning and literacy education provides
theoretical background for understanding Hippo Family Club ideologies aroundsecond language learning, that work is based in the United States. It will therefore benecessary to examine some of the ideologies around language and nationality inJapan, against which Hippo practices may be seen as reactions. I will therefore briefly
review some of this work.
Communication scholars and foreign language educators have noted thatJapanese people who study English as a foreign language usually do not speak thelanguage, even if they can understand spoken English, and read and write it well. Two
primary reasons are suggested for this reluctance or inability to speak: the way that
English is taught in Japanese schools (Lincicome 1993, Gudykunst and Nishida 1994,
Butler 2005, Butler and Iino 2005), and ideologies surrounding the relationshipbetween the Japanese language and Japanese identity (Gudykunst and Nishida 1994,
Yamada 1997, Downes 2001, Gottlieb 2005).
English language lessons in Japanese schools tend to put a heavy emphasis on
the mastery of pedagogical grammars. As was mentioned in section 3.1, although thegrammar-translation method of foreign language teaching is no longer advocated,
elements reminiscent of the practice are still visible in junior high school classrooms.
Classes are conducted in Japanese, with the grammatical rules of English described in68Japanese.11 Lists of words and grammatical rules are memorized, and success isjudged via written tests.
The style of English language learning in Japanese classrooms may discourage
students from speaking in two ways. First, the emphasis on written, rather thanspoken production in classes and on tests gives students no instrumental motivation to
speak the language. In addition, attention to accuracy in testing may make students
uneasy to produce the language around others if they judge their own production to be
insufficient. We shall return to discussion of foreign language learning in Japaneseclassrooms in section 3.3, where we will examine Hippo Family Club's critique of'traditional' language learning methods.
Ideologies of Japanese language and identity are another factor said to inhibit
individuals from speaking English or other foreign languages. Discourses of identity
in Japan – discussions of what it means to be a Japanese person – often highlightspeaking Japanese as an essential quality. According to Simon Downes (2001),
parents express reluctance to send their children to a bilingual junior high school
offering partial English immersion, citing, in addition to academic concerns, a fearthat their children would lose their sense of Japanese cultural identity after gaining
fluency in English. Although the school teaches the same Ministry of Education,
Culture, Sports, Science, and Technology-approved curriculum that other Japanese
junior high schools use, with texts translated into English from Japanese originals,
and aims to prepare students for admission to elite universities, many parents are
11

In the classical grammar-translation method, students would translate texts from the target
language, usually Latin or Greek, into their native language. I have not seen this practice inJapanese classrooms.

69
reluctant to enroll their children. By administering questionnaires designed to elicit
parents' attitudes about cultural identity, Japan, and the West, Downes finds thatparents express generally positive attitudes about Western cultures, Western people,
and the English language. Yet these parents believe that becoming bilingual will cause
their children to be “less Japanese” (Downes 2001: 177).
There is a long history in Japan of popular and scholarly discussions of whatmakes the Japanese people unique. John Maher (2001) suggests that beliefs inJapanese uniqueness emerged after the closing of the state's borders during the
Tokugawa shogunate, starting in the seventeenth century. More commonly, scholars
date such discourses from the growth of nationalism during the Meiji period12 (e.g.
Inoue 2006, Lincicome 2009). Discourses of cultural uniqueness and nationalism
recur throughout the twentieth century, informing both pre-war militarism and postoccupation reforms of education and government (McVeigh 1998, Lincicome 2009).
Roy Andrew Miller (1982) notes that ideologies about Japanese uniquenessand the uniqueness of the Japanese language were a key aspect of late-twentiethcentury nationalist discourses known as nihonjinron (theories of the Japanese people).
Such discourses, most popular during the 1960s and 1970s, equated Japanesenationality with culture and ethnicity (Sugimoto 1999), and sought to describe whatmakes the Japanese people unique. While such discourses have always been contested
as problematic essentialism, the line of thought is visible in late twentieth century

12

I refer to periods of recent Japanese history using the era name associated with the ruling emperor:
Meiji (1868-1912), Taishō (1912-1926), and Shōwa (1926-1989). The current period is the Heisei
period.

70
government documents and scholarly publications,13 and especially in popular
nonfiction. Alongside descriptions of the “vertical structure” of Japanese social
institutions (Nakane 1970) and norms of interdependence (Doi 1973), nihonjinron
literature featured speculation about the structure of the Japanese language and its
connection to “the essence of the Japanese spirit” (Gottlieb 2005).
While nihonjinron was primarily a twentieth-century intellectual fashion,
many contemporary discourses similarly view Japan as a monolingual nation-state.
This ignores not only the long history of low-level immigration and trade withneighboring states, but also the presence of indigenous language minorities within thecurrent borders of the state, such as the Ainu in the north and the Ryukyu in the south(Maher and Yashiro 1995, Maher 1997, Gottlieb 2005, inter alia). Similarly erased
within the discourse of the monolingual state are Korean and Chinese minorities
whose presence is a legacy of twentieth century colonialism (Maher 1995, Gottlieb
2005), Southeast Asian minorities who arrived as refugees (Kanno 2008), andPortuguese and Spanish speakers who have recently arrived from South America as aresult of return migration (Linger 2001, Maher 2002).14 A related belief, that the truest
citizen of the monolingual nation-state is a monolingual individual, may serve tobolster the position of political elites (Maher 2001) while finding consonance with thedominant ideology of language and identity in contemporary Japan.

13

14

Carroll quotes a Ministry of Education paper from 1950 that describes “our national language
which may be called the incarnation of our nation’s spirit” (1997:18). See also Gottlieb (2005), whosuggests that the nihonjinron-inspired view of the Japanese language was a robust twentieth century
discourse, but that it is disappearing in the twenty-first.
Return migration refers to the migration of ethnic Japanese to Japan from abroad, especially fromSouth America. See Linger (2001) for discussion of return migrants from Brazil.

71
Haru Yamada (1997), a Japanese-born scholar who attended Georgetown
University in the United States, describes contemporary Japanese attitudes about
language and monolingualism. Yamada summarizes a belief she attributes to her
Japanese coworkers: “You are Japanese because you speak Japanese, and if you speak
Japanese, you do not – indeed you cannot – speak a foreign language fluently”(1997:140). Yamada was regarded by her colleagues in Tokyo as less than truly
Japanese because she spoke English. She further suggests that her coworkers related
this language ability not so much to her having lived in the United States but tohaving eaten hamburgers and therefore internalized a foreign identity (1997:140).
Contemporary discourses of Japan as a monolingual nation-state and ofmonolingual individuals as authentically Japanese may be seen as continuations oftwentieth century nationalist ideologies, and possibly of ideas dating from the Edo
period (c. 1603-1868) or earlier. These discourses, in which monolingualism is seen
as an index of Japanese identity, have two effects on language education in Japan.
First, they serve to rationalize the failure of Japanese students to speak foreign
languages in spite of years of study by linking monolingualism with authentic
Japanese identity. Second, since they place speaking languages other than Japanese
beyond the abilities of the typical student, they encourage an approach to foreign
language learning that is not centered on speech. Instead, the language-as-physics
approach, in which language study is based on the analysis of pedagogical grammars,
becomes a proper substitute.

72
Hippo Family Club espouses an approach that is contrary and perhaps
resistant to dominant discourses of foreign language learning in Japan. Hippo sees
languages not primarily from the perspective of grammar as rule governed behavior,
but as sets of locally appropriate utterances. In the next section we will explore Hippo
Family Club discussions of language as script, particularly as they contrast Hippo
activities from schools and other 'traditional' learning practices.
3.3. Hippo ideologies of language learning
As described in section 3.1, dominant educational discourses in Japan belie a view oflanguage learning as essentially similar to the learning of other academic subjects,
particularly the natural sciences. I am calling this view the language-as-physics
ideology since, like the teaching of physics at the secondary school level, it pays
particular attention to scientific models with relatively little concern for application.
Although I cannot claim that my experiences are representative of educational
practice in Japan, in the junior high schools and high schools that I observed, English
was taught daily, but oral communication – speaking and listening to English – waspracticed only once per week and was not usually tested. The lack of testing in oral
communication and the emphasis on testing in other areas of the curriculum seemed
to suggest that speech was a non-essential element of foreign language study.
Based on published accounts, there is reason to expect that my observations
are not out of line with norms in Japanese schools. All junior high schools and highschools in Japan teach English according to national curriculum guidelines set out by
the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology (MEXT) (Butler

73& Iino 2005). In addition, nearly all high school and college entrance examinations
test English reading and grammar knowledge (Butler & Iino 2005). As a result, mostJapanese people are obliged to learn English.15 Learning English, however, does notnecessarily entail speaking English. For many people, the goal appears to be simply
to understand the pedagogical grammar of English in order to pass entrance exams.
In the language-as-physics understanding, the elements of language –corresponding roughly to words and affixes – are analogous to elementary particles.
Grammar, then, is analogous to physical laws, which determine how elementsinteract. Again, an understanding of language as a set of elements whose interaction is
described by grammatical rules is not wrong – indeed, it is essentially theunderstanding developed by Bloomfield, Jespersen, Mathesius and other founders ofthe discipline of linguistics (Van Valin & La Polla 1997). The direct application ofsuch meta-linguistic understanding to foreign-language learning is, however, notwithout controversy.
Some applied linguists and language teachers suggest that explicit grammar
teaching is advantageous to learners, while others suggest that a focus on grammaticalrules has no particular positive effects on language learning and may even affectlearners negatively. Those who favor grammar teaching suggest that a focus ongrammatical form results in faster acquisition of a second language, particularly in theacquisition of relatively simple grammatical structures (Ellis 2002). Explicit grammar
teaching is also supported by the theory, derived from rationalist linguistic theory, that
15

According to Butler & Iino, 97% of Japanese adolescents attend high school, even thoughattendance is not compulsory. Additionally, approximately 50% of high school graduates pursue
higher education.

74
mastery of pedagogical grammar provides students with a foundation of competenceparallel to native speakers’ grammatical competence (Omaggio Hadley 2001). In
opposition to this view, other scholars point out that the actual rules of grammar are a
deep form of implicit knowledge which competent speakers are not able to accessdirectly. Pedagogical grammars, therefore, are a theoretical description of linguisticcompetence, not competence itself. Furthermore, studies have generally found thatteaching grammatical rules in isolation has no positive effect on language ability(Omaggio Hadley 2001). Therefore, even the most grammar-positive advocatestypically do not suggest that grammar should be taught without consideration ofcommunication and usage. Even a mixed approach, combining communicative andformalist elements, can have mixed results, though. In my own experience studying
the Japanese language with such a mixed approach, for instance, the ease with which
I was able to carry out grammar exercises contributed nothing to my personal goals of
more fluent speaking, listening, and reading. The realization of this disconnect led toconsiderable frustration with classroom activities.
Hippo Family Club's position on language learning can be seen as a reaction
against two sets of discourses: discourses linking Japanese identity tomonolingualism, as described in section 3.2, and late-twentieth century debates overforeign language teaching methods. Hippo Family Club was founded in 1981 by Yo
Sakakibara, a progressive English teacher, and several of his colleagues in Tokyo. The
goal of the Hippo founders was to encourage the learning of multiple languages inorder to subvert the monolingual ideology described above, which had negative

75
consequences for language learners. They developed the Hippo methods against atumultuous background in discussions of second language pedagogy. By the time they
began their work the audio-lingual method had been largely discredited, while thecommunicative approach was still in its nascent stages.
The audio-lingual method was a popular approach to foreign language
teaching in the United States during the 1950s and 1960s. Based on theories frombehaviorism in psychology and American structuralist linguistics, the audio-lingual
method stressed observation, repetition, and positive reinforcement. Students would
listen to target conversations in the classroom and then repeat them; correct recall andpronunciation were positively reinforced, and errors were negatively reinforced(Omaggio Hadley 2001). Similar behaviorist-based methods were employed in
France and the former French colonies during the 1960s (Decoo 2001). By the 1970s,
though, behaviorism had been largely discredited as an approach to language
acquisition (Chomsky 1959), and the audio-lingual method was essentially abandonedin foreign-language classrooms (Decoo 2001).
After the demise of the audio-lingual methods, there would not be anothersimilarly widely adopted method until the 1980s. That new method, called thecommunicative approach, stressed language learning via communicative interaction.
It generally eschewed discussion of grammar, preferring instead model interactions
appropriate to the target language. While the communicative approach would becommonly used in foreign language classrooms during the 1980s, it was not yet
widely know in the 1970s (Decoo 2001).

76
At the time that Hippo Family Club emerged, then, there was no single
widely-used approach to foreign language teaching and learning, either in Japan or in
the United States, where Sakakibara had studied. Instead, classroom practice wascharacterized by experimentation with diverse methods and practices. It is into this“bubbling, diverse, often ill-defined” world of foreign-language teaching (Decoo2001) that Hippo Family Club emerged. The practices that Hippo adopted bear someresemblance to the audio-lingual method, such as the use of repetition, and someresemblance to the communicative approach, particularly in the embrace ofcommunication among learners and the rejection of grammatical models.
Contemporary Hippo Family Club discourses – those expressed in learningmaterials, advertisements, etc. – reject what they label the 'traditional' method of
language learning. The English version of the main LEX Institute website calls the“traditional classroom” ineffective, and suggests that the focus on grammar andvocabulary that characterizes such classes is futile or somehow inappropriate.
Our research shows that anyone, at any age, can acquire
new languages. Unfortunately, the way most people
usually attempt to learn a language, in a traditionalclassroom, does not provide a conducive setting forlanguage acquisition. Infants don't learn their native
language by breaking the language down into little
pieces of grammar and vocabulary, or by looking in adictionary, so why should a child or adult learn otherlanguages that way either? (LEX Institute 2007)
The “traditional classroom” is implicitly compared to Hippo methods. According to
the paragraph prior to the one quoted here, “HIPPO Family Club has been
investigating this natural language acquisition process” by which children acquire

77
their first language. Thus, the Hippo method is presumed to be natural, while othermethods are not.
Another opposition between Hippo learning and the traditional classroom is inarrangements of status and power. The LEX CD Anyone Can Speak 7 Languages
features short essays about Hippo Family Club written by club members andtranslated into various languages (Hippo Family Club 1997). The track “No Classes,
No Teachers, No Tests!” includes a club member’s comparison of her children
playing in a park with her own experience in school. According to the essay, themember was initially surprised to see “blond-haired, blue-eyed children” speaking
Japanese while playing in a Tokyo park. On reflection, she reasoned that the children
must have acquired Japanese while playing with Japanese-speaking children, andsuggests that Hippo Family Club approximates such second-language acquisition.
In the park, there were no language study corners for“Lesson 1” and “Lesson 2,” no curriculum, no divisionof class according to ability. And of course, there wasno teacher, no tests, and no need to worry about
mistakes. There was only the desire to join with favorite
friends to build a community. The children did notconcern themselves with skin color, or differences
between countries. (Hippo Family Club 1997)
This essay echoes the message that traditional learning differs from the naturalprocess of language acquisition, here focusing on second-language acquisition. The
essay also resonates with a notion frequently mentioned by Hippo Family Club
members: Hippo has no teachers, and all members are equals.
In official club materials and in the testimony of club members, a set of
oppositions appears between school and other 'traditional' activities versus Hippo

78
activities. Table 3.1 summarizes these oppositions. In materials produced by LEX
Institute, the style of learning used in Hippo Family Club is regularly contrasted with'traditional' learning methods. Implicitly, then, Hippo activities must be innovative ornew, in opposition to methods used elsewhere. While the word 'tradition' does notnecessarily hold negative connotations, these discourses go on to characterize thetraditional approach negatively, as in the example quoted above where it is argued
that traditional methods are not “a conducive setting for language acquisition” (LEX
Institute 2007). This reference to “acquisition,” along with frequent descriptions of

School activities

Hippo activities“traditional”

innovative

artificial“natural”“grammar and vocabulary” based utterance based
atomistic“breaking the language down”

holistic“from the whole”

teacher-centeredlearner-centered“no teachers”

authoritarianegalitarian

learners divided by ability

learners united

high-pressure

low-stress“no need to worry”“not conducive for language
acquisition”(presumed) effective

seriousfun
Table 3.1. Comparison of school activities with Hippo activities. Folk
terms used by members or in club materials appear in quotation marks.

79
Hippo activities as “natural acquisition” based on research in “natural science,”16 andof language acquisition as something that occurs in a “natural setting” (LEX Institute2007), further implies that traditional foreign-language study is unnatural or artificial.
This contrast does rely in part on the positive connotations of the word “natural” tobuild an understanding of Hippo activities as positive and superior to otherapproaches.
In addition to the positive connotations of natural learning, these discourses
offer a description of traditional learning that is not only generally unappealing, butthat places blame for any past failure to acquire foreign languages on teaching
methods and the theories underlying them, rather than on the learner herself orhimself. The methods that Hippo rejects are atomistic, “breaking the language down
into little pieces of grammar and vocabulary” (LEX Institute 2007). In contrast,
Hippo methods work “from the whole to the parts” and do not call upon the learner toanalyze, memorize, synthesize, or otherwise engage in scholarly activities that may be
associated with past academic failures. Teachers, too, are absent from the Hippo
experience, and with them any opportunity for teacher-centered classes. Even classes
are eschewed in favor of “Language Experience, Experiment & Exchange” (LEX
Institute 2007), the expression from which LEX takes its name. This discourse ofegalitarian, communal learning is presented as not only more effective than classroom
learning, but also lower in stress and more fun. In all, the image that LEX and Hippo
16“Natural science” in the sense that Hippo Family Club uses the term should not be confused withthe division between natural and social sciences in western academic traditions. The term is definedin the foreword to the recording Anyone can Speak 7 Languages! “We call this process the naturalacquisition of languages, but we have not really given much thought to what is so natural about it.
What is nature doing? Searching for the answer to this question and discovering a language todescribe it is the goal of natural science” (Hippo Family Club 1997).

80
materials present of learning based on an understanding of language as physics isdreary and off-putting, while Hippo Family Club is drawn as an amusement as well asa presumably effective means of language learning.
In contrast to the language-as-physics ideology that appears to underlie
English teaching in schools, Hippo Family Club members display a language-asscript ideology. In this view, language is learned not via a system of cognitive or
pedagogical grammar, but via a set of texts to be learned and eventually assimilated.
One of the central activities of Hippo Family Club practice is listening to clubrecordings. The most frequently used recordings present stories about the lives andactivities of Hippo Family Club members, which are translated and repeated in
multiple languages. As described in Chapter 1, members listen to these recordings
repeatedly, and eventually memorize their content. The point of all this listening is not
to focus on individual words or common patterns, nor is it expected that the listenerwill come to any understanding of the grammatical rules underlying the languages
used.17 The point of all this listening is not even to understand the plot of the stories
told, though of course members do come to know the stories well, and sometimes
allude to them when talking to other club members. Rather, LEX invites members toparticipate with the instruction “nami ni nottemiru” (try to ride the wave), that is,experience the overall pattern of speech sounds. “Without understanding the precise
meaning, enjoy the sounds – ride the wave of words” (LEX Institute 2007, mytranslation). Similarly, during metakatsu, the activity in which members recite the17

At least, I heard no explicit talk about grammatical rules. Occasionally members would, however,offer impressionistic descriptions of particular languages, or make broad comparisons of sets oflanguages.

81content of the CDs together in unison, the intent is to reproduce the kotoba no nami
(wave of words) as it appears on the CDs. After repeated attempts, members
reproduce the stories in the exact words that appear on the CDs, following the sameaccent and timing. During early stages, before the words have been learned, members
mimic the general prosodic pattern of the CD tracks. The CDs thus constitute a set
text to be internalized and reproduced.
This image of 'waves' commonly recurs in Hippo meta-discourse, that is, when
Hippo members and officials talk about Hippo Family Club. On the LEX web pagethat encourages members to “ride the wave of words” there appears an image meant
to illustrate the Hippo approach to language acquisition called “from the whole to theparts” (Figure 3.1). The text that accompanies the graph suggests that it is an abstract
illustration of the developmental stages of first language acquisition.

Figure 3.1. "From the whole to the parts" (LEX Institute 2007)

We call this natural process of language development“from the whole to the parts.” When babies babble in82baby-talk, they are mimicking the broadest outline of
the language. Later, they begin to speak in phrases, but
may only pronounce the sounds at the beginning andend of a phrase while humming through the rest.
Eventually, they are able to be more precise in theirsounds and phrases, until they become a mature
speaker. (LEX Institute 2007, original emphasis)
The description of “babble” followed by “phrases” and eventual “mature [speech]”roughly accords with the descriptions of developmental stages in first language
acquisition, as described by linguists and psychologists. Table 3.2, which condenses
data from Lenneberg (2004), describes “babble” emerging in child language
At the completion of:
12 weeks

Vocalization and language
sounds usually called cooing, which is vowel
like in character and pitch-modulated
16 weeks
responds to human sounds more definitely;occasionally some chuckling sounds
20 weeks
the vowel-like cooing sounds begin to beinterspersed with more consonantal sounds
6 months
cooing changing into babbling resembling onesyllable utterances; most common utterancessound somewhat like ma, mu, da, or di
12 months
identical sound sequences are replicated...
words (mamma or dadda) are emerging
18 months
has a definite repertoire of words; no attempt at
communicating information
24 months
vocabulary of more than 50 items; begins
spontaneously to join vocabulary items into
two-word phrases
30 months
fastest increase in vocabulary; utterances havecommunicative intent; utterances consist of atleast two words
3 years
about 80% of utterances are intelligible even to
strangers; grammatical complexity of utterancesis roughly that of colloquial adult language
4 years
language is well established; deviations fromthe adult norm are more in style than ingrammar
Table 3.2. Developmental milestones in language development. Adaptedfrom Lenneberg 2004.

83
production around six months, “two-word phrases” at 24 months, and speech
resembling adult language after three years. The series of downward arrows along theleft side of the LEX illustration suggests, albeit in a vague way, a progression throughtime parallel to that given by Lenneberg’s increasing ages. Thus, on one level, it ispossible to see the increasingly wavy lines, whose colors correspond to those of thearrows, as abstract depictions of increasingly complex or adult-like language
production. At the same time, LEX prescribes its “from the whole to the parts”
progression as an approach for adults as well as children to use in second-language
learning. The abstract description of this progression seems to lead to a diversity ofunderstandings among Hippo members.
Hippo Family Club chapters in Japan frequently hold what are calledkouenkai (literally: public lecture meetings). These kouenkai are recruiting events
during which club members describe LEX and Hippo and attempt to attract new
members. At many of these kouenkai I have seen club members draw images very
similar to the “From the whole to the parts” illustration on the LEX web site. What isinteresting is the ways in which members’ descriptions of the illustrations differ fromthat offered by LEX. Figure 3.2 shows an illustration very similar to the one included
on the LEX web site. The drawing is from my own field notes; it is my reproductionof a hand-drawn picture shown at a kouenkai in Osaka. The original was in threecolors: the broken line at the top in red, the wavy line at the bottom and the X-Y axes

84

Figure 3.2. “Oscillograph” drawing from Osaka koenkai.

in black, and the intermediate lines in blue. Under the graph, also in black ink, is thelegend オシログラフ (oscillograph). At the kouenkai a 'fellow,' or chapter facilitator,
used the drawing in her lecture on the nature and effectiveness of Hippo activities. In
her lecture, she suggested that the red line illustrates babies’ vocalizations, thoughwhether that meant crying or cooing was not clear. She did not explicitly describe
what the various blue lines were meant to illustrate, though she did suggest that thelower black line described fully developed speech. It was not at all clear if sheunderstood this as an abstract illustration of the relative simplicity of early language
production, or if she thought the graph measured some actual physical oscillation.
The “oscillograph” legend that she wrote underneath it suggests the latter. Where the
LEX web site offered an abstract visualization of general observations, this member
used the same image to provide an air of scientific legitimacy and empiricalmeasurement to her persuasive speech.
At another kouenkai, also in Osaka prefecture, I noted a speaker who drew asimilar illustration by hand, and gave an even more intricate description of its
meaning.

85
The member who did the kouen (public speech) drew
the now-familiar 'waves' graph: a two-dimensionalgraph with a flat, broken line at the top, a regular sine
wave of relatively small amplitude below that, and aslightly more complex but very regular wave of greater
amplitude at the bottom. As usual, she said that the flat
broken line represents baby’s 「ギャー ギャー」
[gyaa gyaa], the second the speech of toddlers, and thebottom adult (-like) speech. But then she went on to
draw additional, slightly different sine waves
overlapping the middle one and said that we eachsometimes speak differently. (Field notes, 28 November
2008)This speaker seemed to understand the wavy lines as abstract illustrations ofincreasing complexity, and not as instrumental measurements of sound waves or otheroscillation. She also shared the understanding that this increasing complexity is a
depiction of children’s first language acquisition in general, as suggested on the LEX
web site. What, though, is meant by the addition of similar sine waves overlapping
the intermediate line in the illustration? My first thought was that she may actually
have studied phonology and might be aware of something like allophonic variation.
Hippo fellows tend to take a great interest in the study of academic topics related tolanguage learning, and sometimes initiate study groups to read scholarly literature.
The suggestion that all individual speakers speak differently at different times,
however, suggests something more like style or register variation.18
I became even more uncertain of what the speaker was trying to illustrate
when she labeled the y-axis with two legends. On the left side of the graph, she wrote
zero sai (age zero), ni sai (age two), and otona (adult) next to the top, middle, and18

Although the speech was delivered in Japanese, my field notes are in English. Therefore, I cannot
be certain of the actual wording that caused me to note, “[She] said that we each sometimes speak
differently.”

86bottom lines, respectively. This would appear to reproduce the description of thegraph as an illustration of the increasing complexity of first-language acquisition. In
addition, though, the speaker labeled the top line with the Chinese character forwatashi (myself) on the right-hand side. Next to the middle ni sai line she added theChinese characters for nakama (group, circle of friends), and next to the bottom
otona line she wrote the roman alphabetic characters CD (compact disc). While she
was writing, she explained that the individual is in some way equivalent to a babyacquiring its first language, but she did not elaborate on this metaphor of equivalence.
It is possible (though by no means certain) that she understood this to mean that new
members of the club come with relatively little experience and knowledge of foreign
languages. Or she may have meant that the individual gains linguistic ability via
interaction with fellow members, a notion that seems to parallel interactional or
usage-based theories of language acquisition (e.g. Ochs and Schieffelin 1984, Gass
2003, Tomaselo 2003). The equation of adult speech with LEX CDs parallels
expressions that I have heard from other members to the effect that the native-speakermodels these recordings provide are necessary as input to the language acquisition
process. By labeling the middle line nakama she may have meant that interaction withother group members is necessary to develop linguistic competence, though it is also
possible that she simply felt a need for some sort of visual symmetry. The speakerbetrayed some unease with her own explanation by frequently turning away from theaudience to regard her drawing as she spoke. After the meeting, she confessed to me

87
that she had been uncertain of her explanation and feared that she hadn't described theclub activities properly.
Clearly, the “wave” illustration can be understood in various ways by clubmembers. Furthermore, it seems that those understandings are as elusive and ineffable
as they are variable. Where the LEX Institute web page seems to intend its drawing
merely as a graphic illustration of the general pattern of first- and second language
acquisition, in which the speaker's grammatical competence and linguistic output
gradually become more complex, members seem to take the drawing as an index ofscientific authority. The club fellow who labeled a similar drawing “oscillograph”
may have believed that she was reproducing a discourse that relies on “researching
the natural sciences of humans and language” (LEX Institute 2007), which LEX
Institute suggests is the basis of Hippo practice. The club member who equatedvarious elements of her drawing both with stages of first language acquisition andwith elements of Hippo Family Club practice and membership seemed to have someidea that Hippo in some sense equivalent to first-language acquisition, yet clearly did
not have a specific understanding of what this equivalency entails.

The idea of language as script is in some ways at odds with the notion ofcreativity as expressed, especially, in generative linguistics (e.g. Chomsky 1972), butalso in subsequent descriptions of communicative competence (e.g. Hymes [1972]
2001) and the pedagogical models that derive from them (Omaggio Hadley 2001).
Noam Chomsky (1972) defined creativity in language as the ability to generate a88potentially infinite set of linguistic structures from a finite set of grammaticalproperties. Del Hymes (2001) expanded this notion by first pointing out that humanbeings do not simply generate sets of linguistic structures, but adapt their language
behavior to situations and interlocutors as necessary. Thus communicativecompetence consists not only of the ability to produce grammatical utterances(creativity in Chomsky's sense), but also of the ability to creatively adapt linguistic
behavior to the needs of particular interactions. These notions of communicativecompetence and creative adaptation, in turn, inform communicative approaches toforeign language teaching and learning.
The approach to language learning in Hippo Family Club does not stresscreativity in either the Chomskian or the Hymesian sense. Hippo activities treat
languages as, in the first approximation, finite sets of utterances that can bememorized and repeated, without particular adaptation to the moment of speaking.
Club members listen to the same CDs again and again, and exercise their content
repeatedly at weekly meetings. In this way, they suggest, they will be able to produce
appropriate responses to linguistic stimuli. This description is rather reminiscent of
behaviorist theories of language acquisition from the first half of the twentiethcentury, and the Hippo method appears similar in some respects to the audio-lingual
method of teaching described above as a popular approach to language learning fromthe second World War until the 1960s. Like audio-lingual-method teaching, Hippo
recommends frequent repetition of patterns without explanation of grammar. Critics
of the audio-lingual method suggest that it keeps learners at a novice level

89
indefinitely, since it does not call for any creative use of language, relying instead on
repetition of previously memorized patterns (Omaggio Hadley 2001). Given that afrequently stated goal of Hippo Family Club members is basic-level communicative
ability in a large number of languages, however, it is not surprising that few Hippo
members see this as a serious disadvantage.19
Some understanding of the stance of such members is provided by an oft-toldgenre of story that I identify as the “surprised by competence” narrative. At aschematic level, this narrative has three basic components. First, the narrator
describes listening intently to CDs and practicing metakatsu, or professes a special
interest in a particular target language. Next, the narrator confesses that she or he did
not believe that any real language ability was developing. Finally, however, thenarrator describes an experience with the target language outside of weekly Hippo
meetings, often during a trip abroad or while meeting a visitor to Japan from abroad.
In this climax of the story, the narrator describes being surprised by his or her own
ability to speak the language spontaneously in conversation with a native speaker. As
more than one story teller put it, the sounds of the Hippo recordings had magicallytransformed themselves into the words of the target language within the learner’s
mind. One version of this “surprised by competence” narrative is included in the LEX
recording Anyone Can Speak 7 Languages!
Last summer, at my husband’s insistence, I agreed to go
to France on a homestay, but I dreaded the thought of it.
For six months, I reluctantly played the French tapes

19

Many members have a basic knowledge of as many as a dozen languages, though most members
take a special interest in one or two languages, which they pursue more deeply.

90
while endlessly saying to myself, “Je ne parle pas
français.” (I don’t speak French.)[...]
I was really surprised by my French. Although I had
thought I couldn’t speak at all, when I was actuallycompelled to go to France, I had no sense of any
language barrier. The French spoken by my host family
was very clear and I could understand them easily.
(Hippo Family Club 1997)
Where this version of the narrative describes only passive language ability (“I could
understand them easily,”) Hippo members have told me versions of their own
surprising competence in which they claim they were actually able to speak the target
language – though their reported utterances are generally confined to short phrases.
The “surprised by competence” narratives also illustrate other aspects of clubmember’s ideas about the club and their own language learning. For example, sincemembers often recount having believed that they would not gain the ability to speak aparticular language, we can conclude that language learning is not the only goal ofclub members. If the purpose of joining Hippo Family Club were simply to gain
speaking ability, it is unlikely that members would persist in their intense
participation despite their disbelief in its effectiveness.20 In addition, these narratives
frequently feature a coda suggesting that “the sounds became words” or that thelanguage had assembled within the speaker’s mind without conscious effort orcontrol. Such suggestions echo the claims of “naturalness” described in LEX institutematerials, above.
20

Of course, it is also possible that members did not doubt their eventual success quite asvehemently as their post hoc narratives suggest. Indeed, one function of these narratives may be toconvince fellow members or potential members of the effectiveness of Hippo activities.

91
The treatment of language as script, particularly the use of set texts in games,
has some precedent in Japanese cultural practices. The game of karuta (cards) isthought to have been introduced to Japan by Portuguese visitors, probably in the mid
sixteenth century (Bull 1996). Since gambling was outlawed during the Edo period(1603-1867), however, the form of the cards and the games played with them evolved
rapidly. Another, older pastime still popular during the Edo period was reciting or
copying the poems from the Hyakunin Isshu (One Hundred Poets, One Poem Each)anthology compiled by Fujiwara no Teika in the thirteenth century. An even older
game, kai-awase (shell matching), was played by Japanese nobility during the Heianperiod (794-1185) with sets of clam shells on which pictures had been painted. The
object of the game was to match two shells featuring the same image. The game ofuta-garuta (poetry karuta) combines the traditions of Hyakunin Isshu, kai-awase, andkaruta (Bull 1996). In the game, a reader recites the first half of one of the poems
from Hyakunin Isshu, and the other players race to grab the card on which the second
half of the poem is written.
I knew of Hyakunin Isshu before visiting Japan, but I was surprised whilestaying with a family in eastern Japan to see them playing uta-garuta. I was told thatthe family’s older daughter, a first-year junior high school student, was required tomemorize the Hyakunin Isshu and to play karuta at her juku (private cram school).
Although such tasks appear to have gone in and out of fashion among Japanese
educators, it is not so unusual to see uta-garuta assigned as a memorization task.
Hippo Family Club and LEX Language Project similarly use forms of karuta games

92
to practice certain language structures, a practice that is especially common at LEX
Language Project meetings in the US (see Chapter 4). Thus, the practice of learningby memorizing set texts, while not unanimously embraced, nonetheless has
precedents in other Japanese educational
activities.21
I have suggested in this chapter that the “language as physics” ideology,
frequently seen in Japanese schools and eikaiwa, has some negative effects on
language learning, particularly in the realm of negative affect. The focus on grammar
study and testing does not have particularly positive effects on speaking ability, andthe association of foreign language learning with high stakes testing, and the need for
precise accuracy that such tests require discourage many foreign language learners
from using their foreign language abilities in face-to-face interaction. Hippo Family
Club, by treating language as play, avoid some of these negative feelings about
speaking foreign languages, and may thus avoid raising affective filters (Krashen
1982).
The language-as-script orientation of Hippo Family Club members has thepotential for both positive and negative effects on language learning. A primaryadvantage, as suggested above, stems from positive affect. Members regard Hippo
activities as play or group social events, rather than describing them as study or work.
21

I suggested, during a presentation of my work to Hippo club members in Yokohama, that utagaruta constituted a particularly Japanese approach to learning. A member suggested that her
children, who have participated in Hippo Family Club since they were very small, are very good at
uta-garuta. She went on to suggest that, by the same token, they are very successful in auditioning
for school plays, another school activity that requires memorizing texts. Of course, school plays are
hardly unique to Japan. I also recalled having to memorize the Preamble to the United States
Constitution in my own school days. I am thus reminded that the memorization of texts foreducational or leisure purposes is not especially Japanese.

93
Members typically continue in the club for many years, allowing themselves far
greater time for learning and development. It is also common for members toparticipate in a range of different activities under the general heading of “Hippo,”
including listening to recorded materials and participating in weekly meetings, as well
as reading Hippo-related books or news letters, contributing to kouenkai or otherspecial events, and either going abroad or hosting international visitors as part of thetransnational homestay program. All of these are likely to contribute to incremental
language learning.
Another positive effect of Hippo ideology is the description of the activity or
subject as tagengo (multilingualism), as opposed to either a single target language or
gaikokugo (literally: foreign-country language). While Hippo’s discourse ofegalitarianism may exaggerate members’ actual behavior, in general club members
seem positively disposed to interacting with foreign guests. Similarly, with the broad
stock of high-frequency phrases the language-as-script orientation encourages
members to memorize and repeat, they are often able – and quite keen – tocommunicate in a rudimentary way with people who do not speak Japanese or
English. This willingness to use the target languages in order to communicate is very
different from the uncertainty and apparent shyness that too often results fromlanguage learning that stresses accuracy.
On the other hand, by treating language as a set of texts, and emphasizing theimportance of memorizing Hippo Family Club’s own key texts, some members
actually seem to lose sight of language’s primary function as a medium of

94
communication.22 This seems to be the case especially among young people whocompete with one another to repeat the content of LEX CDs with great fluency or
speed. For example, in 2006 I attended an event in Osaka in celebration of Hippo
Family Club’s twenty-fifth anniversary. There, among other demonstrations andtestimonials, two young boys appeared on stage to show off their great facility with
the Hippo recordings. The two spoke in unison, very rapidly and with little prosodic
variation: “mayfifteenthnineteen eightytwodearsonokohisonoko” and so on. At first I
struggled to figure out what language the boys were speaking, and was taken aback torealize that it was English, spoken in a way that communicated almost nothing to an
English speaker beyond the boys’ apparent pride in their own “fluency.”23 I am notconvinced that this is a positive outcome, but am happy to note that it is not the mostcommon one.
3.4. Seeing language as scripted
I have thus far argued that members of Hippo Family Club approach language
learning from a particular ideological understanding that I am calling language-asscript. In this view, language is not seen in terms of grammatical competence as the
cognitive ability to generate linguistic structures (Chomsky 1972). Nor is language
viewed in terms of communicative competence as the means to interact throughlanguage behavior in culturally appropriate ways (Hymes 2001). Neither do membersof Hippo Family Club treat language as a set of discourse practices acquired through22

23

In this respect at least, both the “traditional” and the Hippo approach may produce a similar effect.
By attending to the requirements of grammar testing, schools may also neglect communication.
The boys' rapid-fire speech was based on the content of a Hippo tape: “May fifteenth, nineteen
eight-two. Dear Sonoko. Hi Sonoko” (Hippo Family Club 1985).

95
socialization with which to achieve positioning in a society or group (Bourdieu
1977a). Rather, language-as-script treats language as a set of utterances to beinternalized and reproduced. Members have little or no expectation that they will beable to produce novel utterances in response to an unfolding interaction, at least
during the early stages of learning. Practice during Hippo Family Club meetings
treats the fluent production of rote texts as a goal.
In this section, I will present discourse data from a weekly meeting of
Karagoku Family in Osaka during the spring of 2006 that illustrates the language-asscript ideology. Through discourse analysis I will show that the goal of interaction
during the meeting is the reproduction of a memorized speech. With help andextensive co-construction from other club members five-year-old Taro-kun introduces
himself in English. Prompts and other contributions from members other than Tarokun are not treated as relevant to the speech activity. Minimal responses in English
are offered only after Taro-kun speaks. In addition, the treatment of a native speakerof English (me) as passive audience to the speech rather than a conversational
participant illustrates the club orientation to language as a set of scripted utterances.
During weekly Hippo Family Club meetings, members frequently present
speeches that are modeled on the recording Hippo Goes Overseas (Hippo Family
Club 1985). In speeches called jikoshokai (self-introduction), members give theirnames, the names of their family members, a brief description of their home, and alist of interests. This content parallels track two of the recording, in which Janet
Brown introduces herself (see Chapter 6).

96
In excerpt 3.1 Taro-kun begins his self-introduction. Note that Taro-kun's
mother, Mikan, supplies nearly every phrase of the speech to Taro-kun before herepeats it to the other club members, who are sitting in a circle and listening to him.
Mikan's speech is not treated as relevant to the activity, however, as is illustrated by
the responses offered by another club member, Tanaka-papa. Tanaka-papa responds in
English only after Taro-kun has spoken. Taro-kun's contributions are thus treated as
appropriate turns in the furtherance of the speech activity, while Mikan's speech isignored. (English words are transcribed in standard English orthography; Japanesewords are transliterated in Roman alphabetic characters. Since excerpts 3.1 and 3.2
are primarily in English, Japanese words are glossed in double parenthesis, inside
single quotation marks. Full translations are provided for excerpts 3.3 and 3.4, which
are primarily in Japanese. Full transcription conventions are provided in Appendix A.)
3.1. Taro-kun (1) (8 April 2006)
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

Taro
[Please call me Taro-kun.
all
TARO-KUN.
Taro
Thank you. (1.2) ((looks at Mikan))
Mikan °my family members°
Taro
My family member, father, mother, (0.8) ((looks at Mikan))((Mikan points to Yuu-chan))Tarosister Yuuko, (2.8)((Mikan points to Taro-kun's chest))
Mikan °I°
Taro
and I.
Tanaka yeah=
Sky
=yeah
(7.4)((Taro-kun faces Mikan. She appears to whisper something tohim. Taro-kun faces the center of the circle to speak.))Taro
I live in ((turns to Mikan))
Mikan °K-- city°
Taro
K-- city,
Tanaka °yeah°((Taro-kun turns toward Mikan.))Mikan K-- cho ((name of the district))((Taro-kun faces into circle.))Taro>K-- cho<

97
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

Tanaka cho(('district'))((Taro-kun turns toward Mikan. He continues to face her during his
next turn.))
Mikan °near°
Taro
near
Mikan °makudonarudo° (('McDonalds restaurant'))((Taro-kun faces into circle.))Taromakudonarudo
Tanaka y(h)eah

Since Taro-kun's speech is in the genre of jikoshokai, it is expected to follow astandard script. This includes the speaker's name (line 8), a list of his family members(lines 11-17) and a brief description of his home (lines 21-35). Tanaka-papa, an adultmember of the club, offers minimal responses in English only after Taro-kun has
completed an element of this script (lines 18, 24, and 36). Likewise, the chorus ofvoices saying “Taro-kun” in response to his request to be called by his club nickname(lines 8-9) is a standard part of this speech genre during Hippo meetings.
While Tanaka-papa's responses treat Taro-kun's utterances as relevant, there is
no response from Tanaka-papa or others to Mikan's prompts, which help Taro-kun to
produce his next line. During this interaction, Taro-kun is sitting on Mikan's lap. He
frequently turns to her and she whispers the next words of his speech, which he thenrepeats into a microphone (lines 12, 17, 21, 23, 28, 32, and 35). Although Mikan
speaks repeatedly during this exchange (lines 11, 16, 22, 26, 31, and 33), no response
is offered until Taro-kun has spoken. Thus, Taro-kun's speech is treated as on-therecord speech in furtherance of the self-introduction, while Mikan's contributions aretreated as back-stage prompts, not part of the on-going activity.
Excerpt 3.2 continues Taro-kun's self-introduction. The content of thejikoshokai conforms to the standard script for this speech genre. Other members of

98
the club know what to expect, thanks both to genre conventions and to the fact that
Taro-kun has delivered essentially the same speech every week for the past several
months. In excerpt 3.2, however, Taro-kun and Mikan attempt to elaborate the speech
somewhat from that given in weeks past. The addition of a new element, and a slightrecall problem in its production occasion a negotiation over the content of the speech.
Excerpt 3.2. Taro-kun (2) (8 April 2006)
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71

Taro
Tanaka
Ryo
Taro
Mikan

((faces into circle)) I like Thomas.
yeah°yeah°
hhh And. ((Turns to Mikan))°nandattake. kousaku.° (('What do you call it?
"Handicrafts"?'))((Mikan and Taro-kun both look toward Sky.))Sky°I want to go. I want to go°
Mikan°suki na koto. kousaku.° (('What he likes. Handicrafts.'))Sky
kousaku. [hand craft
Oto[(unintelligible sing-song)
Kamachan (sou yo ne) ((to Oto-chan)) (('That's right.'))Mikan°hand craft°((Taro-kun faces into circle.))Oto(onaka ga [suita) (('I'm hungry.'))Taro[hand craft.
Tanaka yeah.
((Taro-kun faces Mikan.))Oto(ah darui na) (('Oh I'm sleepy.'))Mikan°I want [to go.°Kamachan[(otoire) ((to Oto-chan)) (('toilet'))Taro
I want [to m-[Sky[(go) EnglandTaro[I want to meet England
Oto[(unintelligible; high pitch)((Mikan smiles and nods))
Tanaka yeah. why. [why- hhSky[I want
Oto
onaka ga suita (('I'm hungry.'))Kamachan shh. °mata [(hanashi chu)° (('He's still speaking.'))Taro[I want to meet Thomas.
Tanaka yeah. hhh

During weeks past, after describing his home Taro-kun has described his
interests by saying, “I like Thomas. I want to go to England. I want to meet Thomas,”99
in reference to the British cartoon Thomas the Tank Engine, which was popular inJapan at the time. This week, though, he has decided to list two of his interests:
watching Thomas and creating handicrafts. When neither Taro-kun or Mikan canremember the English word 'handicrafts,' however, their appeal to other clubmembers is treated not as difficulty in translating a word from Japanese to English but
as difficulty completing the script.
In excerpt 3.2, as in excerpt 3.1, Mikan tries to help Taro-kun by prompting
him, delivering virtually the entire self-introduction along with him. Taro-kun faces
away from the circle and toward Mikan after each utterance, inviting her to give him
his next line. After she supplies each line, Taro-kun turns back toward the circle andrepeats it. At line 44, he produces a single word, “and,” before turning to face Mikan.
Mikan speaks Japanese, producing an informal interrogative, “Nandattake. Kousaku.”(What was it? Handicraft), inviting others to provide the appropriate English
translation of kousaku. When no translation is immediately forthcoming, both Mikan
and Taro-kun turn to face Sky, the chapter facilitator.
At line 47 Sky responds not to Mikan's question, “What is kousaku,” but to the
expectations of the script. She suggests the next part of Taro-kun's weekly speech, “Iwant to go.” Mikan explains at line 48 that they are attempting to describe anotherthing that Taro-kun likes: “Sukina koto. Kousaku.” (Things he likes. Handicrafts.) Sky
translates kousaku as “hand craft.” Mikan repeats “hand craft” to Taro-kun before hesays it himself at line 55. At line 56, again responding only to Taro-kun, Tanaka-papa

100
offers his usual feedback, “yeah.” Despite the participation of Sky and Mikan, theutterance is treated as Taro-kun's accomplishment.
Since Taro-kun is the authorized speaker during this portion of talking time,
only his speech production is treated as relevant. Tanaka-papa ignores Mikan andSky's prompts. In addition, three-year-old Oto-chan's complaints about hunger andfatigue (lines 50, 54, 58, 64, and 68) are generally ignored or treated as a separate
speech event. Oto-chan's mother, Kamachan, responds to her at lines 51 and 60 withlow volume and does not face into the center of the circle. At line 69 she explicitly
reminds Oto-chan that Taro-kun is the currently authorized speaker by shushing her
and saying “Mata hanashi chu” (He's still in the middle of speaking). Like Tanakapapa, Kamachan acknowledges that the goal of this portion of the meeting is therealization of Taro-kun's jikoshokai in accordance with the expected script.
In excerpts 3.3 and 3.4, produced immediately after excerpt 3.1 and 3.2,
above, the members of Karagoku Family begin a new discourse activity. Where theprior activity was conceived of as a monologue in English, the latter activity is amulti-party discussion in Japanese. The self-introduction showed a model oflanguage-as-script behavior. The discussion shows how club members evaluate talkoutside of Hippo meetings. Implicit in this evaluation is an expectation that scripted
discourses will serve the members well in other settings, outside of Hippo meetings.
Immediately after the completion of Taro-kun's jikoshokai, Mikan introduces a
new topic, apparently at Taro-kun's request. Excerpt 3.3 occurs immediately after theexchange in excerpts 3.1 and 3.2. Unlike the jikoshokai, which was treated as a more

101or less monologic speech delivered in English, the talk in excerpt 3.3 is treated as amulti-party conversation. It is delivered in Japanese and reports events that occurredat Taro-kun's kindergarten. Note how the contributions from Mikan, Tanaka-papa,
Sky, and the other members present respond to previous utterances within theongoing conversation, rather than anticipating or co-constructing elements of a set
text. (An English translation of the excerpt follows on the next page.)
Excerpt 3.3. Taro-kun (3) 8 April 2006
106
107
108
109

110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138

((Taro-kun whispers something into Mikan's ear.))Mikan °eh? nan tte?°(0.2)
Mikan Yochien de, nanka, egigo no uta ga nn ((nods)) minna dekiiteiru nanka . minna ga kiiteiru toki ni eeto, . Chotto
dekiru toka kara, fudan kara, eigo narateiru toka kara,senseini jikoshokai shite kudasai to iwarete.
Tanaka ooh
Mikan ((laughs))
Tanaka Sugoi
Sky
Sugoi yochien [de (shita).
Tanaka[SUgoi ((claps))
Mikan ((laughs)) eigo. Ima yutta.
Sky
nn
Tanaka ya: sugoi.
Sky
Yochien de yutta?
Taro((nods))Tanaka sugoi sugoiSky
Su:goi ((claps))
Kamachan sugoi jan.
Tanaka nakanaka (dekinai) ne.
Ryokouenkai de nani yattara
Sky
°yaa°
Mikan nanka London Buriji toka . minna de yatte
Tanaka ne
Mikan sensei ga, nanka minna ni mm (unintelligible) to yobimasu.
Sky°aa°
Mikan ((laughs))
Tanaka aa. Y--? ((name of the local elementary school))
Mikan T-- Yochien ((name of a local kindergarten))((Oto-chan tries to take the microphone from Taro-kun. When she
cannot, she begins to cry.))
Kamachan Dare ga, dare ga?
Mikan
M-- sensei ((names Taro-kun's teacher))Sky
Eh? M-- sensei?
Kamachan sou nan ya.

102
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154

Sky
(
) ((Sky cannot be heard over Oto-chan's crying.))
Mikan
hhh
((Taro-kun whispers to Mikan. Mikan nods.))
Tanakajikoshokai kana?
((Mikan nods))Sky[sugoi na
Tanaka [sukoshi zutsu ni shite.
Mikan
Nanka kekko nagai no o oboitekure tte, M-- sensei.
Tanaka [aaSky[aa((Oto-chan stops crying.))
Taro
BO ((non-verbal sound, using microphone))((Mikan whispers to Taro-kun))
Shin
(
)
Mikan
hhh
Tanaka (ma ma ma, sore de.)Sky(nanode)

106
107
108
109

((Taro-kun whispers something into Mikan's ear.))Mikan °huh? what'd you say?°(0.2)
Mikan At kindergarten, like, an English song um ((nods)) everybody
was listening like . when everybody was listening, well, .
Becausehe can a little, because its his thing, because he's learning
English, the teacher said 'please do your self-introduction'.
Tanaka ooh
Mikan ((laughs))
Tanaka GreatSky
Great he did [at kindergarten.
Tanaka[GREat ((claps))
Mikan ((laughs)) English. He said it now.
Skymm
Tanaka o:h great.
Sky
You said it at kindergarten?
Taro((nods))Tanaka great greatSky
Gre:at ((claps))
Kamachan that's great.
Tanaka (he couldn't) for a while right.
Ryo
if he had at the meetingSky°well°
Mikan like London Bridge or whatever . everybody did
Tanaka right
Mikan the teacher called like '(unintelligible) for everybody.'Sky°oh°Mikan ((laughs))
Tanaka oh. Y--? ((name of the local elementary school))
Mikan T-- Kindergarten ((name of a local kindergarten))((Oto-chan tries to take the microphone from Taro-kun. When she
cannot, she begins to cry.))

110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134

Translation of excerpt 3.3

103
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154

Kamachan Who, who?
Mikan
Ms. M-- ((names Taro-kun's teacher))Sky
Huh? Ms. M--?
Kamachan is that right.
Sky() ((Sky cannot be heard over Oto-chan's crying.))
Mikan
hhh
((Taro-kun whispers to Mikan. Mikan nods.))
Tanakaself-introduction I suppose?
((Mikan nods))
Sky[great right
Tanaka [little by little.
Mikan
Ms. M-- was like 'he memorized this long thing for us.'
Tanaka [ohSky[oh((Oto-chan stops crying.))
Taro
BO ((non-verbal sound, using microphone))((Mikan whispers to Taro-kun))
Shin
(
)
Mikan
hhh
Tanaka (well well well, that's it.)Sky(certainly)

During the conversation in excerpt 3.3 Mikan describes Taro-kun's
deployment of his scripted text as a successful and well-appreciated use of English ina school setting. Mikan announces at line 109 that Taro-kun's kindergarten teacher
invited him to deliver his self-introduction at school. Her initial announcement
appears quite hesitant, since it is peppered with discourse markers such as nanka(whatever), eeto (an empty lexical item that functions as a filled pause), and toka (andso on). Additionally, Mikan provides three accounts for the reason that Taro-kun was
so invited: “Chotto dekiru toka kara” (because he can a little), “fudan kara” (because
it's an ordinary thing), and “eigo narateiru toka kara” (because he's learning English
and so on). Eventually, she describes what happened, couching the claim in reported
speech attributed to Taro-kun's teacher: “sensei ni jikoshokai shite kudasai to iwarete”(Teacher said, 'Please do your self-introduction'). In the words that Mikan attributes tothe teacher, the speech is called jikoshokai (self-introduction). This label is commonly

104
used during Hippo Family Club meetings, but is also fairly common in othereducational settings. The attribution of the label to the teacher thus aligns her with
Hippo discourses, but does not mark any clear difference from daily kindergarten
activities.
The reactions of other club members to this narrative suggest that they regard
Taro-kun's experience at the kindergarten as a successful accomplishment worthy ofcelebration. Following Mikan's halting announcement of Taro-kun's experience,
Tanaka-papa and Sky both offer strong positive assessments, each using the word
sugoi (great, impressive, enormous). While Mikan plays down her son's
accomplishments (e.g. line 115: “Eigo. Ima yutta” (English, what he said just now);line 126 “Nanka London Bridge toka” (Whatever, London Bridge and so on)),Tanaka-papa and Sky continue to produce lavish appreciations.
As the discussion continues, the club members suggest that the memorization
and reproduction of a scripted text is an important goal both in the realm of Hippo
activities and in language learning more generally. At lines 134-137 Kamachan
grounds the activity in the realm of kindergarten when she asks which teacher invitedthe performance. Placing Taro-kun's English in kindergarten – that is, outside ofweekly Hippo activities – makes his speaking ability relevant not only to Hippo but toa broader universe of language use. Mikan continues the line of discourse in reported
speech again attributed to the kindergarten teacher at line 145: “Nanka kekko nagai
no o oboitekure tte, M-- sensei” (Ms. M-- was like, “Somehow he memorized thislong thing for us”). It is interesting that Mikan reports the teacher's evaluation as

105
oboitekure (memorize for us), since the suggestion that memorization is a goal of
language learning, attributed to the teacher, reflects the Hippo ideology of language
as script. Although LEX Institute materials contrast the Hippo practice of memorizing
speeches with the grammar-based study in 'traditional' schooling, in Mikan's
recollection the school teacher views such memorization as an accomplishment
worthy of praise.
When two younger members of the club suggest problems with Taro-kun's
language ability, their objections are downplayed. Ryo (line 124) and Shin (line 151)
both suggest that Taro-kun's English ability may not be appropriate to all situations.
Ryo points out that Taro-kun did not speak at the chapter's kouenkai (public meeting),a suggestion that is immediately downplayed by facilitator Sky. Shin's comment atline 151 cannot be heard clearly in the recording, but again Tanaka-papa and Sky eachsuggest that, whatever inadequacies may have appeared to seven-year-old Shin, theyshould not be regarded as detracting from Taro-kun's accomplishment.
The interaction shown in excerpt 3.4 suggests that it is the production of set
texts, and not any ability to interact with native speakers of the languages being
learned, that Hippo Family Club members regard as their key to what I am callingcosmopolitan citizenship. That is, by knowing and reproducing these speeches, clubmembers see themselves as part of a worldwide community of people who produce
the same languages. This reproduction need not include interaction with thoselanguage users. Although I have been in the circle all during Taro-kun's jikoshokai
and the subsequent discussion of his experiences at kindergarten, none of the club106
members have treated me as a resource for learning English or a potential contributor
to the interaction in English. It is only when Taro-kun expresses reluctance to sing in
English that my presence is noted. Club members position me not as a potential
collaborator, but as a passive audience.
Excerpt 3.4. Taro-kun (4) 8 April 2006
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

Kamachan uta o utae jan.
Mikanutae (yo/zo).
((Taro-kun places his hands over the microphone, slumps his head.))Sky(nandemo ii, chotto)Skychotto Chado-san ni choudai
Chadutatte choudai((general laughter))Sky
dete choudai.
((Mikan whispers something to Taro-kun.))Taro((singing)) London Bridge is falling down,Taro[falling down, falling down. London Bridge is falling down,
my fair lady.]all[falling down, falling down. London Bridge is falling down,
my fair lady.]((applause))Sky
Sugo:i=
Tanaka=Sugoi kirei da.
Kamachan Kirei da wa.
TanakaAre sugoi na?
Kamachan na.
Tomazokakoii na.
Sky
Itsumo shiteiru no kana to omotteita.
Tomazosugoi da na.
Sky
Demo ( ) de ippai utaeru to omotta na.
Taro
BO ((non-verbal sound, using microphone))Sky((unusually high pitched)) kakoii! ((claps))
Tanakasugoi.
Kamachan Matta yochien de (yatte).

155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165

Kamachan Sing the song.
Mikan
Sing.
((Taro-kun places his hands over the microphone, slumps his head.))Sky(whatever, just a little)
Sky
Do a little for Chad.
Chad
Sing for me.
((general laughter))Sky
Come out for me.
((Mikan whispers something to Taro-kun.))Taro((singing)) London Bridge is falling down,Taro[falling down, falling down. London Bridge is falling down,

Translation of excerpt 3.4

107
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

my fair lady.]all[falling down, falling down. London Bridge is falling down,
my fair lady.]((applause))Sky
Grea:t=Tanaka=It's really pretty.
Kamachan It's pretty.
TanakaThat's great right?
Kamachan right.
Tomazocool right.
Sky
I thought 'maybe what he always does.'
TomazoThat's great right.
Sky
But I thought 'with () he can sing a lot' right.
Taro
BO ((non-verbal sound, using microphone))Sky((unusually high pitched)) cool! ((claps))
Tanakagreat.
Kamachan (Do it) again at kindergarten.

By positioning the lone native speaker of English in the room as an outsider tothe group, the members of Karagoku Family suggest that the memorization of set
texts is a relevant skill for accessing the world of speakers outside of Hippo Family
Club. When Kamachan and Mikan each invite Taro-kun to sing a song in English(lines 155-156), they are ignored. Sky then entreats Taro-kun to share something withthe group (line 158). When he does not respond immediately, she suggests that Tarokun should sing for me. Although I am a native speaker of English, I was not
specifically invited to comment on the quality of Taro-kun's speech in excerpt 3.3, nor
was I treated as an appropriate resource for English vocabulary items in excerpt 3.1.
Here, though, at line 159 Sky positions Chado-san (Mr. Chad) as an appropriate
audience for Taro-kun's serenade. Sky uses the honorific -san, a move which may
place me outside of the group. When I join in the chorus of requests, I follow Sky'slead in making myself the recipient of Taro-kun's performance: “Utatte choudai”(Sing for me). This utterance is immediately followed by laughter from several

108
individuals (line 161), possibly a reaction of surprise, which would again position me
outside of the group.
When Taro-kun finally does produce part of a song in English (lines 164-168),
he is again accorded lavish appreciations from Tanaka-papa, Sky, Kamachan, andTomazo (lines 170-181). Taro-kun's English is judged to be sugoi (great), kirei (pretty,
clear), and kakoii (cool). Although Taro-kun appears to be more interested in the
microphone than in the audience reaction (see his non-speech verbalization at line179), the hint of a smile as he places the microphone back into the circle suggests thatthe lavish appreciations have reached him, and may well serve as continued
motivation to rehearse his English text.
This analysis suggests that Hippo Family Club members see the ability toreproduce texts, and not necessarily any ability to interact with fellow speakers, as agoal of language learning. This in turn hints at one possible reason for the club's
emphasis on tagengo (multilingualism) as a goal, as opposed to fluency in any single
language. Each text is treated as a formal unity. While a self-introduction in German
might have all the same referential components as a similar self-introduction in
English, it is the form of the speech that must be committed to memory. The reproduction of the German speech is then the practice that connects the club member
to the world of German speakers, just as the re-production of the English text securesa connection with English speakers. Memorizing more scripts promises access tobroader sections of the world, even before interacting with speakers of thoselanguages. Club members do, in fact, seem to value their interactions with speakers of

109
foreign languages, as shown by their eagerness to host visitors from abroad or totravel abroad. The global community within which tagengo allows members toenvision themselves, however, is larger and more appealing than any set of actual,face-to-face relationships.
This chapter has examined two aspects of the language-as-script ideology
visible among Hippo Family Club members in Japan. In terms of language education,club members contrast their own understanding with that of dominant educational
institutions. Where most schools and some eikaiwa (English conversation services)
stress accuracy and fidelity to pedagogical grammars, an approach I have identified as
the language-as-physics ideology, Hippo Family Club believes in natural language
acquisition. Rather than memorizing, or even discussing, pedagogical grammars,
Hippo participants seek to acquire language without such study via exposure torecordings of native speakers and the second-language speech practice of fellow clubmembers.
At the same time, memorization does have an important place in Hippo's
approach to language learning. Rather than memorizing a meta-language that consistsof grammatical rules and lexical elements, Hippo members memorize key texts,
especially the content of LEX Institute's story recordings. By reciting these stories
and their own speeches modeled on the recordings, members believe that the natural
language capacity of their own minds transforms the sounds of the recorded stories
into the words of the target languages.

110Additionally, in terms of more general understandings of the nature oflanguage, Hippo's language-as-script ideology suggests that the the fluent productionof appropriate phrases – even if those phrases are pre-compiled and memorized – isspeech production. Thus, it is not necessary to understand or to be able to model theunderlying grammatical patterns of a language, so long as one can reproduce theappropriate output. Hippo Family Club members pay particular attention to thefluency or fluidity with which utterances are produced, usually without regard for
creativity in the sense of “ability to express new thoughts and to understand entirely
new expressions of thought” by manipulating grammatical “laws and principles”(Chomsky 1972:6).
As the analysis presented in section 3.4 suggests, club members celebrate theproduction of rote texts, paying particular attention to pronunciation and fluency, anddo not expect novel or extemporaneous production. Furthermore, the discourse ofclub members positions such memorized speech production as an appropriate means
to interact with non-members, including native speakers of the target languages. Thus
the memorized script is, if not language itself, at once a means of approximating andof developing the species-specific human ability to command linguistic structures(Chomsky 1972:9). Since Hippo Family Club members believe that this humanability is present and complete “from the time the first cell of the egg was produced”(Hippo Family Club 1997), and that all forms of speech production are equally
expressions of that general ability, these pre-compiled utterances are considered not
only steps toward the acquisition of subsequent languages but expressions of natural

111
language ability. It is curious to note that these understandings are at turns consonantwith and opposed to the understandings of language expressed by academic linguists.
We shall return to the ambivalent relationship between Hippo and the academy in
Chapter 5.
In the next chapter, we will consider some of the language ideologies
visible in the United States, particularly those expressed by members of LEX
Language Project, the American sister of Hippo Family Club. We begin with
American ideologies of education and bilingualism that prescribe the learning of
foreign languages to native speakers of English, even while proscribing themaintenance of bilingual abilities for English language learners. Since themembers of LEX Language Project are, by and large, suburban or urban middleclass English speakers, their pursuit of multilingual abilities is not outside ofmainstream educational expectations. Where Hippo Family Club in Japan sees its
activities in opposition to traditional schooling, LEX Language Project positions
its activities as an effective adjunct to schools. I then describe some of the effects
of nationalist and other political ideologies on language planning and language
education in the United States. LEX Language Project's advocacy ofmultilingualism for all may be at odds with a political movement in recent
decades to ensure that English is the sole medium of public interaction, yet the
suppression of multilingualism and the pursuit of multilingualism have long been
opposed forces in American politics, with neither gaining clear support. Finally,
through an analysis of spoken discourse at LEX Language Project meetings, we

112examine individual members' ideas about language, language learning, and theacademy. Again, unlike Hippo Family Club discourses in Japan that oppose theclub to schools, members of LEX America seem to value academic tradition andto validate their own beliefs through reference to scientific discourses.

Language ideologies II: LEX America“Language is the phenomena which occurs in the depths of our consciousness.”(track 18, Anyone Can Speak 7 Languages!)
4.1. Introduction
Although I was born in the United States and have lived here most of my life, I was
more nervous about my first trip to meet members of LEX chapters in the USA than I
had been during my initial encounters with Hippos in Japan. By the time I made thattrip to Massachusetts, I had been a member of Karagoku Family in Japan for nearly ayear, and had begun to write and speak about LEX/Hippo in ways that were generally
well received by club members (Nilep 2006). Nonetheless, I worried that, in my role
as researcher, I would not be accepted by the US members. When I wrote to the LEX
America staff in Belmont, Massachusetts, I made sure to include a photo of myself
with 'my' Hippo family. On the flight from Denver to Boston, I was excited andanxious. Surprisingly, the thing that calmed my nerves was the subway ride from
Logan Airport. I noticed that the trains used the same sort of color-coded line mapsthat were used not only in Japan but in virtually every metropolitan train system I
have ever been on. In some ways, I realized, cities all around the world are alike.
The United States is, of course, thought of as a distinct place, a nation with its
own history, its own customs, and its own ideologies. This chapter will review someof the dominant ideologies surrounding language and education in the United States,
and compare these both to the language ideologies visible in LEX Language Project
discourses, and to the comparable but distinct ideologies of Hippo Family Club,
described in the previous chapter. As in Chapter 3, we will begin with an explorationof language ideologies that effect LEX Language Project's approach to education,

114
including the value placed on tradition and authority. Unlike the situation in Japan,
where Hippo Family Club views its activities as a distinct break from traditional
education, LEX Language Project clubs view their activities as an adjunct or addition
to other educational activities. In section 4.3 we will examine broader ideologies oflanguage, politics, and nationalism in the United States. I discuss four popular
political ideologies that shape current on debates over language planning in the US.
For the past several decades Americans have debated whether to make English theofficial language of the state, and what effects such an action would have on
individual language behavior. Building on work by Deborah Schildkraut (2005), I
examine the effects of liberalism, republican citizenship, and a form of ethnocentrismthat Schildkraut calls ethnoculturalism on debates over language policy. Finally, in
section 4.4 I analyze discourse from a LEX Language Project meeting in which
members discuss their own theories of the history of and relationships among
different languages. In their discussion, these members appeal to the authority ofhistory and linguistics as academic endeavors, again aligning with 'tradition' in waysthat Hippo Family Club in Japan tends to reject.
4.2. Ideologies of education in America
Shirley Brice Heath (1977) describes two common ideological approaches that effectpolicy toward bilingual education in the United States. “Within the policy approach,”
she writes, “government officials and planners stress bilingual education to bring theculturally and linguistically different in line with educational standards and economic
realities” (1977:54). This contrasts with a cultivation approach, which “derives from a

115
historic emphasis on learning two or more languages to provide breadth of
information access and to foster intellectual discipline” (1977:54). In other words, forthose who are outside the linguistic mainstream, such as the children of recent
immigrants or indigenous language minorities, language policy tends to view
language education as the provision of standard English, while for those not viewed
as outsiders language education is a means to broaden educational and intellectual
experience. While the goal of bilingual education based on policy approachideologies is to increase educational opportunities for linguistic minorities by
increasing access to mainstream education, actual teaching may be “bilingual in nameonly” (Zentella 1997:276), stressing standard English grammar and style to the
exclusion of other languages or varieties, particularly when students' command nonstandard varieties of their native languages. Thus for speakers of stigmatizedlanguages or varieties access to education comes at the cost of under-developing or
losing their native language, a situation sometimes called “subtractive bilingualism”(Lambert 1977). This contrasts with the experience of standard English speakers who
may learn a second language with no risk of attrition to their first, a situation of“additive bilingualism” (Lambert 1977) or “cultivation” (Heath 1977).
Anne Pomerantz (2002) suggests that the cultivation approach remains
prominent in the experience of middle class English speakers in the US. “Manymiddle- and upper-middle-class college students in the US consider expertise in alanguage like Spanish, Japanese, French, Russian, or German an asset in an
increasingly global world and the 'edge' an English-speaking American needs to116compete in foreign markets” (Pomerantz 2002:276). Bilingualism is frequently
prescribed for members of the linguistic and cultural mainstream, even as native
speakers of the languages prescribed are pressured to lose the languages in the pursuitof English (Urciuoli 1996, Zentella 1997).
In its promotional materials, LEX Language Project suggests that a typicalclub member is one who comes from the the middle-class and is a student or former
student, much like those described by Pomerantz (2002); that is, those for whom
linguistic expertise is seen as a social or economic asset.24 For example, the clubnewsletter features photos and stories depicting club members traveling throughout
Europe, Asia, and Africa. LEX operates 'scholarship' programs, funded by donations
from members and other supporters, which allow opportunities for travel even tomembers who might not otherwise be able to afford such expenses. Nevertheless,such leisure travel is typically associated with middle-class or elite subjects (e.g.
MacCannell [1976] 1999, Urry 2003, Thurlow and Jaworski 2006). In fact themembers of LEX Language Project who I met in Massachusetts were primarily
suburban middle-class people, and most were native speakers of English. The nonnative speakers of English I met were European or Asian immigrants who were fluent
in English before joining LEX.
Club materials also construct their audience as formally educated. For
example, the LEX web page recommends, “For people in the Boston area who have
had difficulty learning languages, the LEX program offers an informal way to acquire24

For more on the economic and political advantages stemming from the control of privileged
language varieties, see for example Bourdieu (1977a, 1991).

117
languages” (LEX Language Project 2007). Calling LEX activities “an informal way”
implicitly contrasts them with the formal activities of conventional schooling. The
present perfect in “have had difficulty learning” locates this experience in thelearner's personal history. This formulation suggests that potential members are those
who have already received formal education in the past. Furthermore, the notion thatstudying language was difficult presupposes that it was valued highly enough to be
pursued, again aligning with Pomerantz's description of foreign language learners.
LEX promotional materials also suggest that club participation is an enrichingexperience for children and adolescents. In the “Members Voices” section of its web
page, LEX features testimonials from current and past club members. Eachtestimonial is attributed to a member, or in the case of “Sarah and Morgan” a pair ofmembers.
Sarah and Morgan
My daughter, Morgan, entered kindergarten this year.
Unlike most of her peers, she had no formal pre-school
experience. What Morgan had was Hippo. My goal forher in Hippo was that she develop a confidence andfamiliarity with the sounds of many languages so thatlater in life, if she wishes, she will be able to learn themwith ease. But what she accomplished with Hippo was
so much more. Through the singing, dancing, andlistening to the sounds, Morgan has developed musical,
physical, and listening abilities even beyond my own.
Her accent in the basic seven languages is better thanmine. Even more importantly, through the acceptanceand encouragement of people of all ages and abilities,
Morgan has learned tolerance. This will guide her
through her entire life. Morgan loves school and all thechildren and teachers love her. I am sure Hippo had a
lot to do with it. (LEX Language Project 2007)

118
Mother Sarah (who we presume is the actual author of the testimonial) says thatdaughter Morgan has recently entered kindergarten. By juxtaposition of thesuggestions “she had no formal pre-school experience,” and “What Morgan had was
Hippo,” Sarah suggests that LEX/Hippo activities are an educational enrichment
helpful to success in school. This suggestion is reinforced by the claim that LEX
helped Morgan to develop “musical, physical, and listening abilities,” and theconclusion that “Morgan loves school and all the children and teachers love her.”
Sarah's description of her daughter's experiences is in some ways reminiscentof ideas attributed to LEX Institute (Japan) in Chapter 3. For example, the claim that
Morgan “developed... abilities” despite having “no formal pre-school experience” issimilar to talk of the naturalness of Hippo learning. Sarah's narrative also accords
with the surprised-by-competence narrative seen in Japan. Sarah's goal for Morgan
was simply that she “develop a confidence and familiarity with the sounds of many
languages so that later in life...she will be able to learn them.” But to Sarah's surprise,“What [Morgan] accomplished with Hippo was so much more.”25 Sarah's descriptionis, however, subtly different from the narratives of Hippo Family Club members andfrom LEX Institute materials.
Sarah's mention of “tolerance” recalls both the tradition of liberalism inAmerican political thought (section 4.3) and especially contemporary discourses ofmulticulturalism. The notion of tolerance was especially associated with liberal25

In contrast to the surprised-by-competence narrative heard in Japan, however, Sarah does notsuggest that Morgan is able to speak her target languages. This may relate to Morgan's age, or may
be a reflection of differences in what counts as 'speaking' for Sarah and for the Japanese Hippo
members cited in Chapter 3.

119political discourses in Europe during the Reformation (Turner 2003, Brown 2006).
Tolerance, particularly for religious differences, has been a major liberal value in the
United States (Hartz 1955, Turner 2003). In addition, as Wendy Brown (2006)
explains, tolerance in the twenty-first century has become the watch word of an
expanded project of multiculturalism. Brown describes the new tolerance as a“conceit of neutrality” toward social and cultural differences that actually marks nonliberal societies as intolerant barbarians (2006: 7). Sarah's suggestion that Morgan
relates to “people of all ages and abilities” is reminiscent of children in Tokyo whoreportedly “did not concern themselves with skin color, or differences between
countries” (Hippo Family Club 1997). The Japanese description rejects nationalism
and racism much as the American one rejects discrimination based on age or ability.
By naming this value “tolerance,” though, Sarah also aligns herself with
contemporary American liberal values.
Political ideologies aside, LEX Language Project shows much less resistanceto the institution of formal education and schooling than does Hippo Family Club inJapan. Additional perspective on the relationship between LEX America's views of its
own activities and those of schools is provided by my observation of the LEX afterschool program, a short-term project in which Kelly, a LEX America staff member,led Hippo-like activities for students at a local elementary school. This public
elementary school in the Greater Boston area offers a rotating selection of afterschool enrichment programs for students to select from. During one of my visits to
the LEX America headquarters, the LEX after-school program was in week eight of

120
its 11-week series. LEX staffer Kelly and the school's principal and after-school
program coordinator graciously allowed me to observe some of the program's ninetyminute weekly meetings.
Before attending my first after-school meeting, I was rather surprised by how
different Kelly's description of the after-school activities seemed in comparison to
LEX Language Project activities at weekly meetings.
[Kelly] mentioned that one of the participants didn't“have a second language.” She therefore felt left out
until several weeks in, when she had learned enoughphrases to participate. I note the assumption thatparticipants will normatively be bilingual when they
begin. “Participation” also sounds different – [Kelly]referred to the girl raising her hand in response to “Howdo you say X?” type questions. That sounds quite unHippo. I may have made a face: [Kelly] allowed thatthe after school activities are rather different to the club
activities. (Field notes, 3 March 2009)
The mention of raising one's hand in order to participate, and of the comparatively
teacher-centered activity of asking and answering questions, seemed very different
from the usual LEX Language Project activities, in which participation is much moreautonomous and does not explicitly involve testing knowledge or recalling specificpatterns. Where the Japanese Hippo Family Club discourse specifically holds that
there is no place for teachers or tests in Hippo, Kelly was able to reconcile thediffering patterns of interaction at club meetings and the after-school program so thatboth were acceptable as LEX activities.
Expectations regarding the existence of multilingualism in the Greater Boston
community are also quite different from those I encountered in Osaka, Yokohama, or121other areas where I participated with Japanese Hippo clubs. In Japan, the normative
assumption is that members will be monolingual when they arrive.26 In contrast, Kelly
specifically mentioned the one member of the after-school program who wasmonolingual, suggesting that monolingualism is the marked case. When I visited theafter-school program, I noted that most of the students who professed multilingual
abilities appeared to speak languages related to their ethnic heritage. Judging fromtheir physical appearance, their given names, and the languages they claimed, Iestimated that the largest proportion of children in the after-school program were of
Latino/Latina heritage, while the rest of the students were fairly evenly split into
those of Anglo/European and South Asian ancestry. In this respect, it is perhaps
unsurprising that blonde-haired Elizabeth, the girl Kelly described to me, spoke only
English.
The after-school activities did resemble LEX Language Project club meetings
in many respects, though with some notable differences. At the beginning of the afterschool meeting, Kelly took roll call and marked down attendance on a form which
she would later give to the school's after-school program coordinator. While theabsence of regular members, or the return of members after long absence aresometimes noticed and commented on at LEX club meetings, there is nothing soformal as an attendance sheet. After roll call, we played a ball-tossing game familiarfrom both Hippo meetings in Japan and LEX club meetings in the US. Typically at
LEX/Hippo meetings, the person who catches the ball utters a greeting in the
26

This was not universally the case – several Japanese Hippo members were native speakers of
Korean as well as Japanese, and at least one individual, an immigrant from China, spoke several
languages before joining. Still, monolingualism is the normative, unmarked expectation.

122
language of her or his choice, and then tosses the ball to another player. At the afterschool meeting, Kelly began by reminding the children that the person who catches
the ball is to say, “My name is ___,” in the language of his or her choice. Afterseveral minutes, she said that the person catching the ball should now announce heror his age. During the activity, children would sometimes ask Kelly or me to remindthem of a word in some target language. This activity is similar in most respects to thegame as played at LEX/Hippo meetings, but with a separation of teacher and learnerroles not seen there.
Following the greeting game, we played SADA activities identical to thosepracticed at LEX/Hippo club meetings (see Chapter 1 for examples). Next, we played
karuta (Chapter 3) with solid-colored cards in just the way that it is played at LEX
Language Project meetings: a target language is agreed upon, a caller names a colorword, and the players race to grab the card of that color. The only major difference
between these activities at the after-school meeting and regular club meetings is that,
where club facilitators generally use indirect speech expressions to introduce
activities, here Kelly would simply announce the next activity without such polite
formulation.
Finally, in what I noted was “the most Hippo-like part of the 90 minutemeeting” (field notes, 6 March 2009), the children did standard self-introduction
speeches using kamishibai (Chapter 1). The major difference between this activity
and its analog at LEX/Hippo club meetings is that rather than making their own
kamishibai, the children had apparently informed Kelly of their birth dates, favorite

123
activities, etc. and she had made the booklets for them. As a result, the kamishibai
were remarkably uniform, with the same content presented in the same order, often
using duplicate clip-art illustrations. In my field notes, I summed up the after-school
activity this way:
The after school program has a more pedagogic, almost'teacher-centered' feel than LEX club meetings. [Kelly]
announced each activity, asked which language people[wanted] to use, and reminded people to stay on task
during the activities. Compared to ordinary classactivities it might be fun (kids seemed disappointed thatthe program will end in 3 weeks) ... but compared to
Hippo it's very on-task and unified. This might relate topositioning within a school. (field notes, 6 March 2009)
Both the after-school program and regular weekly meetings of LEX Language Project
chapters drew from the same stock of activities, and each had the goal of educational
and intellectual enrichment through the cultivation of multilingualism. The afterschool program was a bit more regimented and more teacher-centered than weekly
LEX meetings (though far less so than ordinary elementary school classes). Thisdifference may be attributable to a number of factors. First, the after-school activities
were carried out in the library of the elementary school, and were likely effected by
the children's habituation to in-school norms of behavior. Similarly, the LEX afterschool activities were only one of a series of after-school enrichment activities; Kelly
may have been asked explicitly or pressured implicitly to bring her conduct in linewith that of other programs. In addition, it is also likely that age played a role. Kelly,
who appeared to be in her late twenties, was the only adult in a room full of nine andten year old students prior to my arrival. When I attended meetings the children

124treated me more like they treated Kelly than their age-mates; for example, on several
occasions I was asked to supply a forgotten word or to judge whether an utterance
was correct.
While I have described the after-school program in terms of differences from
Hippo activities, the difference between conduct at weekly LEX meetings in the US
and conduct at Hippo meetings in Japan showed the same direction of fit. That is,
LEX Language Project members in the Greater Boston area showed greater alignment
with traditional notions of foreign-language pedagogy than did their opposite
numbers in Osaka or Yokohama. Recall from Chapter 3 how LEX Institute materials
suggest that classroom activities are not conducive to language acquisition.
Unfortunately, the way most people usually attempt tolearn a language, in a traditional classroom, does notprovide a conducive setting for language acquisition.
Infants don't learn their native language by breaking thelanguage down into little pieces of grammar andvocabulary, or by looking in a dictionary, so why
should a child or adult learn other languages that way
either? (LEX Institute 2007)
LEX Language Project similarly says that it is “not like a school or classroom
environment” (LEX Language Project 2007), contrasting the practices of LEX
Language Project learning with traditional language pedagogy. Despite this rejection,
however, US members display both practices and ideas that are similar to traditional
foreign language pedagogy.
Earl, a member who regularly participated in two LEX Language Project
clubs, displayed a folk-theory of language learning apparently shaped by previous
experiences with traditional foreign language pedagogy. Earl told me that he had

125
studied French in high school, and he typically used French during weekly meetings.
Earl would routinely speak French during talking time, generally describing his
activities during the preceding week. Based on his careful delivery, I surmise that Earl
would prepare the content of his speeches ahead of time and memorize them. When I
spoke with Earl outside of meetings, he talked about his desire to improve his ability
to speak French. He also suggested, “Sometimes [facilitators] don't correct us if wemake mistakes. Maybe that's not good for learning” (field notes 15 September 2007).
He also suggested that parents correct their children's utterances, thereby helping
them learn grammar. I noted that linguists generally say that explicit correction is notnecessary or helpful for first language acquisition. I even pointed out that, rather thancorrecting my nephew's “mistakes,” his parents actually repeat them because they
consider it cute. Earl rationalized that correction does not occur at “such a young age”
(field notes 15 September 2007), but implied that it is nonetheless useful later in theacquisition process. Earl described language learning in terms reminiscent ofcalisthenics – the more one practices, the stronger and more flexible one becomes.
While his desire for explicit correction contrasts with ideas expressed in LEX
materials, his notion of “gradual stretching” is entirely compatible with the practice ofother LEX Language Project learners.
Club facilitator Natalie struggled to reconcile the LEX ideal of “no teachers”
with the expectation of some club members that their errors should be corrected.
Natalie worried about whether and how to offer such correction. Officially, LEX
Language Project gives the facilitator no special right or obligation to correct or126otherwise try to affect the speech of other members. On the other hand, individual
members have a variety of opinions on correction. Earl, as described above, wanted
more explicit correction, and specifically expected facilitators to provide it. Similarly,
Brandon, a member of another club chapter where Natalie sometimes participated,would sometimes ask for assistance when he was uncertain of a word or conjugation,
though his requests were not necessarily directed to meeting facilitators. Natalie did
not assume, though, that all members would welcome correction, or that she had theright to offer it.
When Natalie asked me how I handle the issue of correction, I described myown household. My wife is a native speaker of Japanese, and I am a native speaker ofEnglish. My wife sometimes complains that I do not correct her grammaticalmistakes in English. In contrast, when she corrects my own errors in Japanese, I am
often irritated. When I taught English classes I struggled to balance correction withfreedom and fluency. In that situation, I was expected to correct students' errors, yet I
feared that doing so too often would stifle their creativity and confidence. In a similar
fashion, Natalie worried that offering corrections might dampen the collaborative andcreative spirit of weekly meetings. At the same time, though, members whose
persistent errors become fossilized might come to resent LEX, and especially the club
facilitators. Natalie appears to deal with this double bind by offering very subtle
implicit corrections. For example, at the next weekly meeting when Natalie asked mewhat song we should listen to from the SADA CD I suggested Henbok imnida(Korean: *there is happy). Natalie asked, Henbok hamnida? (I am happy), subtly

127
correcting my error. Had we not recently discussed the use of correction, I doubt that
I would have noticed the rephrasing, with its implicit correction.
LEX Language Project provides its members with opportunities to learn
multiple languages in line with what Heath (1977) identified as the cultivation
ideology of bilingual education: language learning as a means of fostering intellectualenrichment. This approach to language learning is most often afforded to elite or
middle-class subjects, though the existence of scholarship programs and provision ina public elementary school show that LEX wishes to make it available to workingand lower-middle-class learners as well. The form of LEX activities in the public
elementary school seems to be partially adapted to the norms of formal schooling, amarked departure from the Japanese LEX Institute's rejection of traditional foreignlanguage education. Some members, too, align with an ideology of language learningas the transmission of knowledge, as seen in requests for explicit correction.
Facilitators must negotiate a position between expectations of an egalitarian, learnercentered experience on one hand, and demands that they offer expert knowledge andassistance on the other.
In Japan, where school curriculum is fairly standardized due to the influenceof central authorities such as the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science, andTechnology (Butler & Iino 2005), Hippo Family Club is seen as an antidote to
traditional education. In the US, though, LEX Language Project members and staff
treat club activities as an adjunct to other methods of foreign language learning,
including formal schooling. As in Japan, where tagengo (multilingualism) is seen as

128
an inclusive, egalitarian response to ideologies of monolingualism, LEX Americaaligns its practices with notions of tolerance and inclusivity. But the ideologicalbackgrounds against which these discourses stand make their realizations slightly
different in each location. Table 4.1 compares expressions of Hippo ideology in Japan
with their analogs in LEX Language Project.
Hippo activities (Japan)

LEX activities (USA)innovative activities contrasted with additional activities complement“traditional” schoolingschooling“natural” activities“informal” activities

utterance based activities contrasted utterance as well as vocabulary
with “grammar and vocabulary”
based activities; spontaneous
analysis
discussions of grammar
holistic

holistic

learner-centered“no teachers”

learner-centered clubs reconciledwith some pedagogic activities

egalitarianegalitarian and “tolerant”

learners united

learners united

low-stress“no need to worry”

low-stress“relaxed”(presumed) effective(presumed) effective “for people...
who have had difficulty learning
languages”

fun

“fun”

Table 4.1. Comparison of Hippo activities (Japan) with LEX activities (USA).
Folk terms used in club materials appear in quotation marks.
In Japan, Hippo Family Club activities are described as an innovative breakfrom “traditional” learning in schools. Both members and club advertisements
describe schooling as ineffective and unnatural. In the US, on the other hand, club
activities are described as “an informal way to acquire languages” (LEX Language

129
Project 2007) that can help people who have had difficulty with other learning
methods. Rather than rejecting schooling, LEX Language Project proposes its
activities as an additional enrichment, one that can help children do better in school orhelp adults improve beyond their school experiences.
The language-as-script ideology (Chapter 3) in Japan suggests that learners
should not pay attention to individual words or phrases, but to the overall kotoba nonami (wave of words) from which their minds will naturally build linguisticcompetence. LEX Language Project uses many of the same utterance- or text-based
activities as Hippo in Japan, including metakatsu (Hippo's repetition activity) andlistening to LEX CDs, which is a central activity in both places. In addition, though,LEX Language Project clubs in the US make greater use of activities that use isolated
words or phrases, such as the karuta game that matches color-words to colored cards.
In addition, as we shall see below, it is not unusual for members in the US to engage
in spontaneous meta-linguistic talk, discussing the sound patterns of particularlanguages, or syntactic or lexical regularities in language families.
In both Japan and the US there is an expectation that club activities should belearner-centered. In Japan, this is realized in frequent expressions to the effect that
there are no teachers and that all club members are equal, an ideal that is not seen as
contradicted by practices such as the co-construction of speeches by a child with adultassistance (Chapter 3). In the US, the ideal of learner-centered clubs is reconciledwith the status afforded facilitators in the after-school program and at some regular
weekly meetings. Both Japanese and American club members value equality, but130where Japanese members discuss this in terms of the absence of hierarchy, American
members are more likely to mention 'tolerance' of inter-personal differences.
Both in the US and in Japan members view LEX/Hippo activities as lowstress and fun. This outlook may contribute to the effectiveness of the club as alearning experience in two ways. First, the relative lack of stress helps to reduce theaffective filter, a learner's feelings of anxiety and lack of self-confidence andmotivation that impede the understanding of language input and therefore interferewith second language acquisition (Krashen 1982). Additionally, unlike the short-term,
goal-directed learning typical of formal schooling, LEX/Hippo activities areenvisioned as a pleasurable, life-long pursuit. Members who spend a greater length oftime in contact with target languages have the opportunity to receive morecomprehensible input, which in turn is associated with more complete acquisition(Krashen 1982, Carroll 1985).

4.3 Nationalist ideologies affect language policy in the United States
Let us take a step back from LEX Language Project ideologies of language education
to examine several political ideologies commonly seen in the United States that havean effect on language education and on language policy more generally. I will argue
that there are a complex set of political ideologies in the United States, and that no
single political ideology is shared by a clear majority of the people. Furthermore, theeffects of these political ideologies on beliefs about language policy are notstraightforward. For example, as I argue below, classical liberalism may be appealed

131
to in order to support the provision of bilingual education even as a neo-liberal push
for individual success in a system of global capitalism is mobilized to support
education in English only. In practice, these political ideologies in combination withthe language ideologies described in section 4.2 tend to marginalize native speakers
of languages other than English.
One of the best known civic myths in the United States is the story of theMelting Pot. According to this story, the American people come from sundry othernations in pursuit of the American Dream – though precisely what that dream consistsof need not be made specific in telling the story, and indeed seems to vary amongindividuals. Once they arrive in America, these diverse individuals are metaphoricallymelted to form part of a national alloy. “We are all from different places, but we are
all Americans,” says the story's moral message.
The schematic story of the Melting Pot can be interpreted in many ways, andthose various interpretations can be used to support different attitudes about therelationship between language and nationality. In her analysis of political philosophy
and public opinion on the Official English movement – also called English Only,
especially by its opponents – Schildkraut (2005) identifies four widely held political
ideologies, each related in some way to the Melting Pot narrative: liberalism, civic
republicanism, ethnoculturalism, and incorporationism.
Liberalism, the political value most widely noted among Schildkraut's
respondents, relates to the notion in the Melting Pot narrative that all individual
Americans may pursue their own version of the American Dream. The concept of

132
liberalism, which may be defined in general terms as a political philosophy favoring
individual liberty, equality, and capitalism (Hartz 1955), has a long history and deep
effect on Anglo-American thought. For example, the assertion in the Declaration of
Independence that all men [sic] are created equal and endowed with life and liberty
by their creator echoes John Locke's suggestion that no person in a state of nature“ought to harm another in his life, health, liberty, or possessions: for men being all theworkmanship of one omnipotent, and infinitely wise maker” (Locke [1690] 2005:4).
In Locke's version of liberalism, every individual exercises sovereign power over hisor her own affairs, with disagreements decided by a civil government that gains its
power from the governed, as opposed to an absolute monarchy that wields power
granted by God.27
While liberalism, as a broad political and philosophical outlook buttressed bymore than three centuries of theoretical and practical argument, defies easy definition,
it generally rests on “the belief that each and every adult human is best able todetermine their own preferred life without interference from others,” crucially
including interference from the state (Slaughter 2005).28 The notion of neo-liberalism,
often discussed in relation to globalization and late modernity, is a version ofliberalism focusing particularly on economic issues. Neo-liberalism generally holds
27

28

Locke's vision of civil government is perhaps as relevant to civic republicanism as is his notion ofliberty in a state of nature is to liberalism. Indeed, the political philosophies described here are notin direct opposition to one another. Schildkraut (2005) finds that most of her respondents subscribe
to several of these positions, emphasizing them to various degrees.
The challenge of defining liberal and republican is exacerbated by the fact that, in everyday
political parlance in the United States, these words are used in ways nearly opposite to theirdefinitions in the philosophical tradition sketched here. The Republican party, for example, isgenerally more associated with individual liberty and unfettered capitalism – that is, liberalism –than is its rival, the Democratic party. In turn, those Democrats who identify as Liberal may support
constraints on private interests and the state to protect minority interests against domination, a view
associated with republicanism.

133
that the state has neither the obligation nor the right to interfere in the affairs ofindividuals, especially in economic affairs. It therefore promotes capitalist
entrepreneurship, which in practical terms tends to favor the already privileged. Those
who bring fewer personal resources to a competitive economy in which no powerfulentity, such as a state, promotes social welfare or equality are less likely to prosper
under neo-liberalism. It is likely, however, that respondents in Schildkraut's study are
as strongly affected by classical visions of liberalism that oppose liberty to feudalism
or state-ism as they are by neo-liberalism with its opposition to socialism. As Louis
Hartz suggested, in a period before neo-liberalism, the liberal tradition in America“begins with Locke, and thus transforms him, stays with Locke, by virtue of an
absolute and irrational attachment it develops for him, and becomes as indifferent tothe challenge of socialism in the later era as it was unfamiliar with the heritage of
feudalism in the earlier one” (Hartz 1955).
Schildkraut (2005) finds frequent discussion of liberal political ideals inarguments surrounding US language policy. Liberalism is most often evoked in
opposition to the Official English movement. The declaration of a single national
language would impose this language on individual speakers in violation of classicalliberal ideals. At the same time, however, liberalism is evoked in arguments in favorof Official English, as well. Under a neo-liberal view of individuals pursuing theirown economic success, the imposition of English in the American public spherebecomes the provision of economic power to individual competitors in the global
market. U.S. English, an advocacy group for Official English legislation, illustrates

134
this view when it casts its political activism as a means to support immigrants in a
neo-liberal marketplace.
Without English, newcomers struggle to succeed
economically, educationally, and are slower to seethemselves as part of the American family. It is easy to
see why 82 percent of the population, including a highpercentage of immigrants, want to make English theofficial language of the United States. (U.S. English
2005)
Almost as frequent as appeals to liberalism in Schildkraut's study are
invocations of civic republicanism, a belief that it is the duty of citizens to contributeto the public good via political participation. Steven Slaughter (2005) describes threebroad values that separate republicanism from liberalism. In terms of structure,
constitutional, as opposed to natural law disperses power throughout the state andguards against individual interests that may oppose the public good. In terms ofoversight, the people not only elect representatives to form a government, butmaintain a level of power over that government through institutions such as freedomof information, the public approval of legislation, and institutions such as courts thatare designed to amplify minority voices. Most importantly, in terms of citizenshiprepublican political philosophy requires “virtuous individual responsibility”(Slaughter 2005:193) from all citizens. This political virtue consists of dedication to
the common good rather than individual gain, expressed via public contestation overthe nature of the greatest common good and the means to achieve it. The notions ofcivic virtue and public construction of the common good are vital to a republican

135
democracy, since in the absence of authoritarian force the state is held together
primarily by the consent of its citizens (Wood 1998).
As with liberalism, civic republicanism is used both to support and to oppose
the establishment of an official language for the US state. Supporters of Official
English suggest that the presence of languages other than English limits the quality ofpolitical participation. Since speakers of minority languages are less able to engage
with arguments made in the language of the majority, goes the argument, political
discussion should be limited to a single language in order to assure that all citizens
participate in the spirit of virtuous individual responsibility. Opponents of the Official
English movement counter that the exclusion of languages other than English frompolitical argument limits the quantity of political participation by preventing someindividuals from gaining access. Since the legitimacy of the republic requires theconsent of the largest possible proportion of the governed, they argue, citizenshipshould not be limited to speakers of any particular language.
In addition to liberalism and civic republicanism, which concern the ideal
conduct of citizenship and the state, Schildkraut notes two contrasting views on thenature of the ideal citizen. Ethnoculturalism is a view of nationality defined not interms of political participation or legal citizenship but in terms of shared cultural
practices and common ethnicity. Schildkraut (2005) suggests that discussions ofnationality are always, at some level, discussions about identity, so it is predictablethat ethnocultural images enter such discussions. In thinking about citizenship and the136nation-state, individuals look for a shared identity that defines the in-group andseparates it from non-citizens. In this sense, ethnoculturalism is similar to nativism.
The notion of nativism is especially associated with anti-immigrant
movements in the United States during the nineteenth century (Higham 2002).
Nineteenth century American nativism combined an ethnocentric antipathy toward
those who were not Protestant or Anglo-Saxon with a nationalist rejection of anygroup that maintained connection with a foreign nation or culture. This form of
ethnocentric nationalism preceded the nativist movement of the anti-immigration
American Party in the mid-nineteenth century, though (Higham 2002), and has
reappeared periodically since then. The anti-immigration stance of many earlytwenty-first century populists is a recent reemergence of American nativism. A similarview seems to underlie Samuel Huntington's (1993) definition of “civilizations” asalliances of nation-states with similar cultures. Huntington suggests that while wars inpast centuries were fought primarily over ideologies or economics, the conflicts of thetwenty-first century will be fought over religion, language, and cultural traditions.
The ethnoculturalism that Schildkraut (2005) identifies is similar to nativism
but is in some sense broader. Where nativism opposes immigration rights, citizenship,or other legal rights for those who are seen as loyal to other national cultures, ethnoculturalism sees as Other even those political insiders who are ethnic or cultural
outsiders. That is, US citizens who are “not white, not Christian, and [do not speak]unaccented English” are viewed as insufficiently American (Schildkraut 2005: 52).
Given the centrality of the Melting Pot narrative in American nationalist ideologies,

137
language becomes particularly salient to the view of cultural belonging. According to
the “melting-as-cleansing” (Citrin et al. 1994) version of the Melting Pot ideology,
individuals are cleansed of their foreign status when they become Americans. Since
traits related to race are less easily scrubbed, cultural practices such as politicalparticipation and language use serve as important markers of American identity. As
Haru Yamada puts it, “To be American is, then, to believe that unity can be achieved
only if everyone speaks English” (1997: 143).
Schildkraut suggests that ethnoculturalism is balanced by a similarly
widespread notion of incorporationism,29 a conception of American identity as anaggregate of immigrant nationalities that relates to the beginning of the Melting Pot
narrative (Americans come from various places), as well as its moral (we are all
immigrants, but we are all Americans). Unlike liberalism, incorporationism focuses
not on individuals but on the society they form. “The individual is not the central
focus; our immigrant legacy and the resulting cultural diversity is” (Schildkraut 2005:
53, original emphasis). What all individual US citizens have in common, according to
the incorporationist view, is a hyphen connecting a distinct ethnicity with a sharednationality: African-American, German-American, Native-American and so on.
Ethnoculturalism and incorporationism license different stances toward US
language policy. The adoption of a version of Official English that allows English as
the sole medium of political debate, public education, or other state activities isviewed favorably by those who consider non-English speakers or English speakers
29

In Schildkraut's public opinion surveys, ethnoculturalism and incorporationism each account foraround 15% of responses to questions about “conceptions of American identity,” compared toaround 19% each for liberalism and civic republicanism. These figures alter slightly when different
coding schemes are applied to the data. See Schildkraut (2005), Chapter 5.

138
who maintain ties to other nations via bilingualism as unauthentic Americans. In
contrast, those who view the American nation-state as an aggregation of multiple
nationalities tend to view individual bilingualism, as well as support for multiple
languages within the state, as both consistent with American nationalism andadvantageous to the political, economic, and military aims of the state.
As the diversity of nationalist ideologies described above suggests, opinions
on US language policy are contentious. While the United States currently has no
official language, about half of the individual states name English as their official
language. (The actual count is complicated by states that have proposed but not yet
voted to implement an official language policy, states whose language policies facecourt challenges, and states that give legal status to more than one language.) In
contemporary political circles the Official English movement, as described above,seeks to name English as the official language of the US state, and is allied to various
groups attempting to enact similar laws in the several states. At the same time,political organizations grouped under the heading of English Plus advocate“commitment to pluralism, tolerance, and diversity” (English Plus Information
Clearinghouse (EPIC) 1987), and the maintenance and teaching of languages in
addition to English. In a classic survey of multilingual communities in America,
Joshua Fishman (1966) suggests that each of these positions has a long history in the
United States. “Two processes – de-ethnization and Americanization on one hand,and cultural-linguistic self-maintenance on the other – are equally ubiquitousthroughout all of American history” (Fishman 1966:15, cited in Spolsky 2004).

139
Bernard Spolsky (2004) divides US language policy debates into threehistorical eras. During its early years, a lack of legislation regarding language policy
reflected the multilingual nature of the populace and a broad commitment topluralism. A preference for state monolingualism emerged with anti-immigrantnativism in the nineteenth century and persisted until the end of the Second World
War. Since then a strong commitment to pluralistic multilingualism as an expressionof civil rights has been balanced by a similarly strong fear of Spanish monolingualism
conditioned by changing patterns of immigration. Spolsky suggests that the failure todate of both the Official English movement and attempts to increase bilingual
education show a continuing political tension (2004:111).
Let us turn from the political and philosophical ideologies underwriting thepolitical movements of Official English and English Plus to their language ideologies.
Both movements give English a central position in US language policy. This is
unsurprising, given that English has been and continues to be the most widely spoken
language in the United States, and the fact that English affords political and economic
advantages not only within America but in much of the globalized urban world. The
major difference between Official English and English Plus, then, is their position on
multilingualism.
As described in section 4.2, two dominant language ideologies affectapproaches to multilingual education in America. The belief that education should
serve to bring minorities into line with the majority – what Heath (1977) terms thepolicy approach – leads educators and policy makers to gear education toward so-

140
called Limited English Proficiency students (LEPs). In educational policy from the
Bilingual Education Act of 1968 (Allende Brisk 1981) to the No Child Left Behind
Act of 2001 (Abedi 2004), native speakers of languages other than English have beenviewed in terms of limitation. The ideological assumption that speakers of languages
other than English are limited or deficient has contributed to educational policies
designed to transition as quickly as possible from bilingual to monolingual English
medium of instruction. The result, not surprisingly, is subtractive bilingualism for
non-English native speakers (Allende Brisk 1981; see also section 4.2). In contrast,
the ideology of cultivation (Heath 1977) allows access to additional languages fornative speakers of English who are afforded opportunities for language education.
Work by linguistic anthropologists and applied linguists shows that theselanguage ideologies have especially negative effects on the education of students who
speak stigmatized languages, especially working class Spanish speakers. In her studyof Puerto Rican-Americans, Bonnie Urciuoli suggests, “Speaking a second language
is legitimate only when it leaves no trace in one's English” (1996). Furthermore,
traces ideologically associated with multilingualism may in fact derive from otheraspects of being a “Marked American” (Urciuoli 1996), one whose ethnic or cultural
identity is politically undervalued. As Susan Gal puts it, “Language ideologies arenever only about language” (2005). Indeed, even among native speakers of English,
perceptions of “accent” are rarely about phonology alone. As Rosina Lippi-Green
points out, immigrants to the US from Great Britain are seldom stigmatized, evenwhen their English usage causes communication breakdowns, while native English

141
speakers from South Asia are met “with a colder reception when communicationdifficulties arise” (1997).
At the same time that political and language ideologies conspire to
marginalize native speakers of languages other than English, they provide a space fornative English speakers to acquire subsequent languages. The idea of language
education as cultivation (Heath 1977) is compatible with both the political ideologies
of civic republicanism and liberalism, especially neo-liberalism. The neo-liberalemphasis on individual entrepreneurship and unfettered capitalism encourages people
to prepare themselves for global competition. Native speakers of English alreadypossess the symbolic capital (Bourdieu 1977a) required to access American
educational and political institutions, and are encouraged to further enrich themselvesby learning additional languages. At the same time, the ideology of global civic
republicanism (Slaughter 2005) suggests that engagement with cosmopolitan cultureis both a means of reinvigorating the state in the wake of neo-liberalism, and a means
to establish a global system of governance along republican lines, aimed at preventing
domination by any individual, state, or group. Engagement with others across theboundary of the nation-state may be afforded by access to multiple languages, so that
language learning gains at least implicit support within a republican worldview.
As middle class subjects who command the preferred language of the nationstate, members of LEX Language Project are in a position to acquire additional
languages as a form of cultivation. Although individual pursuit of multilingualism isby no means assured – not everyone has the opportunity or the inclination to learn

142
additional languages – political and and language ideologies in the United States
make such pursuit relatively more available to the English speaking middle-class
population from which LEX Language Project members tend to come.
4.4. Seeing language through expert eyes
In this section we will return to actual talk from LEX Language Project members inwhich they display their own stances toward language learning. In Chapter 3 I related
Hippo Family Club members' discourses on language learning to what I called alanguage-as-script ideology, and suggested that this ideology is a reaction against alanguage-as-physics discourse in Japanese schools. In contrast, US members display
folk theories about language and education that resemble theories in academic fields
such as linguistics and education. Unlike the sharp contrast that Hippo Family Club
members in Japan draw between Hippo and traditional approaches to education, LEX
Language Project members' stances align club practice more closely with academic
and social institutions in the US.
Recall from section 4.2, above, that some LEX America staff and clubmembers approached language learning, and particularly teaching, in ways that are
not sharply distinguished from classroom pedagogy. In the after school program, LEX
America staff member Kelly ran the ninety-minute meeting in a somewhat more
direct manner than is typical of Hippo or LEX club facilitators. Kelly announced
which activities would be carried out next, and instructed the nine- and ten-year-old
participants in how to carry them out. At weekly LEX meetings, there is more groupnegotiation over the selection of activities, and even when facilitators plan activities

143
in advance, they propose them to the group with indirect language rather thanannouncing them as direct declarations. The children in the after school program also
treated Kelly as an expert teacher, asking her questions and checking with her on thecorrectness of their linguistic production. Kelly allowed that there is some differencein the operation of the after school program and weekly LEX meetings, but saw nocontradiction between the learning approach used at each venue.
While practice at ordinary weekly meetings was more egalitarian than that at
the after school program, some members nonetheless preferred to treat the facilitators
as authoritative figures, more like teachers than fellow members. Club member Earl,
who treated weekly LEX meetings as an opportunity to improve the French language
ability he had learned in school, lamented the fact that the facilitators at the meetings
he attended did not try to correct his grammatical errors – an approach to language
learning that would seem quite out of place at most Hippo meetings. Other members
had varying expectations for how often and how explicitly facilitators or other clubmembers should offer correction. Again, there is a difference in emphasis, but nosharp break between the practice of LEX meetings and that of 'traditional' foreign
language classes.
In this section I present an analysis of discourse at a weekly LEX Language
Project meeting. In the excerpt that follows, club members discuss “the Slavic
languages” using terms reminiscent of academic discussions of historical linguistics
or linguistic typology. In their discussion, members appeal to “an old system” that is144
presumably known thanks to historical research, to the expert knowledge of “somelinguists,” and to my own status as a linguist.
Excerpt 4.1 begins with an attempt by club member Brandon to secure thefloor. Brandon then suggests that the Ukrainian names of the cardinal numbers reflect
historical patterning in the development of the Slavic language family. Other clubmembers join the discussion, most of them framing their contributions in terms of
their knowledge of history or of linguistic structures. Transcription conventions arelisted in Appendix A.
Excerpt 4-1. Counting in Ukrainian, 2 September 2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

Brandonthe other thing about the [Slavic languages, they haveAnita
[it might be Korean actually
Anastasia Korean?
Anita
it might be. 'Hippoe hawe nadri'((Korean: 'Hippo goes overseas'))Brandonin- in- in- in UkrainAnastasia but is it a 'hwt'?
Anitayeah that might be
Victoria [hwt.
Brandon[in in Ukrainian it odyn, dva, tres=(('one, two, *tres'))
Lara
[TRI
(('three'))
Victoria[TRI(('three'))
Brandontri, tri, cotyry(('three, three, four'))((recording skips))
Victoria sist,(('six'))Brandonsim, visim(('seven, eight'))((recording skips))
Brandonso, what do you=
Victoria vi:sim(('eight'))
Brandonvisim, does that meaning anything?
Anastasia visim?
Brandonthat- in other words, that eight contains seven.
Anastasia No. sim, visim. Oh.
BrandonYou see- there was something about- there are somethere wereBrandon
like linguists say that there may have been an oldsystem ba- based on counting to eight.
Nadine[VII:SII::
Victoria [visim's eight.
Victoria visim's eight.

145
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51

BrandonNadineBrandonVictoria
BrandonBrandonand then
I wanna do thisand then that's why<devijat, [desijat>(('nine, ten'))[devijat and desijat (('nine and ten'))in other words, there was always sort of a 'hey a nine,ten'
Brandonand then in some eight
Brandonin other words
Anastasia [°(so what is it)°Nadine[(mommy I um)
Brandonth- th- th- it was this idea that sometiBrandon
th- there was- originally people counted to eight.
Brandonthey only counted on their fingers and not [the thumbs
Anastasia[and not on
Brandonand so, there are a lot of languages whereLara
you just eight
Brandonwhere the progression of the numbers seems to suggestthat eight was a big deal
Brandonand not just ten getting a big deal. um.
Brandonand so that [sim visim(('seven eight'))
Anastasia[you should know ((points to Chad))
Anastasia hhh
Brandonyou know in other words [why make a special effort tohave eight
Victoria[sim visim devijat desijat(('seven eight nine ten'))Brandonbe one more than seven

At the beginning of this excerpt, there are two parallel events occurring.
Present at the meeting are Anita, the facilitator; Anastasia, Brandon, Lara, Victoria,
and Nadine, a family of five; as well as Earl, Nick, and me. Brandon attempts tosecure the floor, while Anita and Anastasia are still still discussing a previous topic.
Just prior to the start of the excerpt, Anita has asked if anyone would like to request
the language to be used for 'mimicking,' the same activity that is called metakatsu at
Japanese club meetings. Anastasia has suggested that she finds one of the recordings
interesting because it contains sounds not found in English, but she doesn't knowwhat language it is. Anastasia produces a rounded glottal fricative followed byalveolar stop closure, perhaps attempting to mimic the voiceless palatal fricative in146
Korean hippo.30 Anita suggests that the language in question may be Korean (lines 27).
Before Anita and Anastasia have concluded their discussion, Brandon attempts
to take the floor. At line one, Brandon announces his topic as “the other thing about
the Slavic languages.” By labeling the topic “the other thing,” Brandon ties the topic
back to an earlier part of the meeting. Approximately two minutes earlier, we had
been practicing counting to ten in several languages, including Ukrainian. Following
counting practice in Arabic and Mandarin, Anita suggested that the group listen tosome LEX recordings. She asked, “Any other languages people want to hear?”
thereby licensing Anastasia's speculation about which language might have theunfamiliar fricative sound she found interesting. Brandon orients the talk in his bid totake the floor not to that discussion of speech sounds, but to the earlier counting in
Ukrainian. Note that Brandon does not explicitly name his topic as “Ukrainian” but amore general “the Slavic languages,” a point to which we will return below.
Brandon's initial attempt to take the floor proves unsuccessful, as Anita
overlaps him at line two with a candidate answer for Anastasia's question about
speech sounds. (The precise wording of Anastasia's question is difficult to reconstructbecause two-year-old Nadine speaks quite loudly, overlapping her mother on therecording.) Anita's contribution at line four provides an answer to Anastasia's
clarification question at line three; Anita's answer is also syntactically complete andends with falling intonation. This is a Complex Transition Relevance Place (Ford and30

In Korean the palatal fricative [ç] is an allophone of the glottal fricative /h/ which appears
immediately before the vowel /i/ (Song 2005).

147
Thompson 1996), a point where pragmatic, syntactic, and prosodic cues combine to
make it is especially likely for a new speaker to take the floor. Unfortunately for
Brandon, Anastasia has a further request for clarification, which Anita again answers(lines 6-7).
Brandon tries to introduce his topic a third time at line nine. He suggests, “InUkrainian it's odyn, dva, tres” (one, two, tres). Again Brandon's attempt is thwarted,
this time by his own mispronunciation of the the Ukrainian word tri (three). His
daughters Lara (age 9) and Victoria (8) correct his error, loudly and in unison (lines
10-11). Fortunately for Brandon, this repair relates only to the form of his topic
proffer, not to its content. At line 12 he repeats the girls' tri and continues counting.
There are some technical problems with the recording at this point, but it is clear that
Brandon and Victoria have together counted either to eight or to ten in Ukrainian. The
precise number reached is not vital to Brandon's talk at this stage, nor to this analysis
of it.
During previous weeks Lara and Victoria have produced various pieces of talkin Ukrainian, including a poem, a song, and counting from one to ten. Lara, Victoria,
and Nadine's grandmother, Anastasia's mother, is apparently from Ukraine and is anative speaker of Ukrainian. Anastasia appears to be fluent in Ukrainian. Brandon has
some knowledge of Ukrainian; he has also mentioned during weeks past that he lived
for a time in Prague and has some knowledge of Czech, another Slavic language.
Following Brandon and Victoria's counting in Ukrainian, Brandon asks
Anastasia, “Visim, does that mean anything?” This cannot be intended literally as148asking whether visim has semantic meaning, since Brandon has just used the word inan appropriate way and so appears to understand its meaning. Therefore, Anastasia
requests an expansion by asking, “Visim?” Brandon suggests that his question isreally whether the fact “that eight contains seven” is significant. Anastasia
immediately answers, “No,” but after repeating the words “sim, visim” she says,“Oh.” This word is frequently deployed to acknowledge that an interlocutor's talk issignificant or newsworthy (Heritage 1984b, Gardner 2001) and may be an indicationthat Anastasia has noticed the similarity between sim and visim that Brandon suggests
is meaningful.
Brandon has a theory, which we may summarize as: The formal similarity
between sim and visim suggests that the latter word was derived from the former.
Brandon tries to validate his theory by appealing to academic authority: “Linguists
say that there may have been an old system based on counting to eight” (line 24).
Brandon explicitly grants authority to “linguists.” His suggestion that there was “anold system” further aligns him with studies of history and diachronic linguistics.
Recall that Brandon has framed this talk not specifically as a discussion of
Ukrainian but of “the Slavic languages” (line 1). Both the discussion of regularity
across languages and the use of the term Slavic languages align Brandon's talk withacademic authority. In advertising and other discourses produced by LEX Instituteand Hippo Family Club in Japan, we saw an ambivalent stance toward academic
authority. In discussions of first language acquisition or innate linguistic potential, theexplanations produced by Hippo Family Club resemble those produced by linguists

149
and psychologists, though such scholarly work is seldom cited directly. At the sametime, Hippo explicitly rejects educational practices that it labels 'traditional' academic
approaches. In contrast to the ambivalence of these discourses in Japan, Brandon is
happy to present his talk not as a natural discovery of his own or of the group's, but as
expert knowledge discovered by linguists studying diachronic or typological data.
Brandon suggests another theory for the resemblance of sim (seven) and visim(eight) at lines 38-40. This time he suggests a physically embodied rationale for thislinguistic state of affairs: “Originally people counted to eight. They only counted on
their fingers and not the thumbs.” Again he does not frame this as his own
speculation, but as an idea attributable to others. “It was this idea” (line 38),
presumably discussed by scholars such as those he has evoked so far. Continuing atlines 42-45, Brandon expands “this idea” beyond the Slavic languages. “There are a
lot of languages where the progression of the numbers seems to suggest that eight wasa big deal, and not just ten.” The suggestion that “this idea” derives from crosslinguistic analysis again suggests formal study of large data sets. While no specificdata is offered, Brandon proposes that there is a resemblance between the words forseven and eight in “a lot of languages” (line 42). Far from hewing to 'natural'
practices and rejecting the analysis of vocabulary and grammar, as Hippo discourse inJapan suggests is proper, Brandon places his own understanding of language within ascholarly tradition. His talk here both appeals to the authority of “linguists” andexpands that discourse with his own synthesis of knowledge from various academic
domains.

150
Nowhere in this discussion do other club members explicitly object to
Brandon's meta-linguistic talk. Nick and Earl do not contribute to the discussion,
remaining silent throughout. Other members, though, contribute their own expert
knowledge. Victoria emphasizes the fact that her own knowledge of Ukrainian issuperior to her father's by carefully pronouncing and glossing the names of the
cardinal numbers (lines 18, 26-27, and 31). Even little Nadine gets into the act byparroting her older sister's talk at line 25. In talk immediately following thattranscribed here, club facilitator Anita seems to accept Brandon's finger-counting
theory when she suggests, “In India people count the joints of their fingers.”
Anastasia makes my own standing as a linguist and a graduate student relevant when
she points at me and says, “You should know.”31
While this exchange is particularly clear in its appeals to linguistics and otheracademic fields, it is not the only time that typological knowledge was referenced atclub meetings. Luke, a long-time club member, demonstrated a similar understanding
the first time he met Anastasia. Upon learning that she spoke Ukrainian, Luke asked
Anastasia, “What's the basic expression?” Through her facial expression, Anastasia
made it clear that she did not understand what he meant by “basic expression.” Lukesuggested, “Like Russian is dobry den” (good afternoon). Anastasia offered dobryj(good (day)), which Luke compared to Polish dzein dobry (good day). Much like afield linguist, Luke attempted to approach a new language by comparing it to what heknew of other languages from the same geographical area and language family.
Although he did not employ technical vocabulary such as cognate or phonology, he
31

I don't.

151
reasoned from the similarity of these expressions in Russian, Polish, and Ukrainianthat the forms of certain words in Ukrainian would show particular correspondenceswith similar words in the other languages. He did not, however, test this theory withany actual predictions.
In this chapter we have noted basic similarities, as well as some specificdifferences, between the ideologies of language education displayed by LEX
Language Project members in the United States and Hippo Family Club members inJapan. In both settings, LEX/Hippo activities are positioned as a fun and effective
way to learn new languages. Members in each area participate together in a mutuallysupportive, egalitarian structure with little explicit concern for differences in ability or
status. While Japanese members and official club materials described Hippo activities
as distinct from 'traditional' classroom practice, however, American club members
showed no particular desire to distance club activities from those in schools. Someclub members seemed to want to bring their practices closer to traditional lessons, forexample in requesting explicit correction of grammatical errors. LEX America even
operates an after school program in conjunction with a local public elementary
school.
The language ideologies of LEX Language Project members align with adominant ideology of language learning in the United States known as the cultivation
approach (Heath 1977). According to the cultivation approach, learning foreign
languages is a means for English speakers to increase the breadth of their academic
knowledge and to cultivate their own intellectual strengths. In Chapter Three I argued

152
that Japanese Hippo members share a view of language as script, which contrasts
with the language-as-physics ideology in Japanese schools. In contrast, the ideologies
of LEX Language Project members are shared by many Americans, including manyteachers, school administrators, and political agents of language and educational
policy.
I have argued that the cultivation approach finds support in many broader
political ideologies in the United States. Classical liberalism, civic republicanism, andincorporationism (Schildkraut 2005) are each compatible with the provision ofmultilingual ability to middle class subjects. At the same time, slightly different
interpretations of liberalism and republicanism can be used to support arguments forestablishing a single national language. Promotion of a single, unifying language also
finds support in the ideology of ethnoculturalism (Schildkraut 2005), which suggeststhat shared culture is a defining characteristic of American nationality. Liberalism,
republicanism, ethnoculturalism, and incorporationism are each visible within surveys
of public opinion on language policy, with none gaining a clear plurality (Schildkraut2005). The conflict between the desire for cultural unification on one hand andmulticultural maintenance on the other is a long-standing tension in US history(Fishman 1966, Spolsky 2004). This tension helps explain why educational policy isoften geared toward the provision of English (monolingual) ability for non-native
speakers, even as it encourages multilingual ability for native speakers of English(Heath 1977, Allende Brisk 1981, Spolsky 2004, inter alia).

153
LEX Language Project members' views of multilingualism fit well with someideologies of language, education, and culture in the United States. By couching their
discussion of multilingualism in terms of 'tolerance,' for example, members align with
contemporary discourses of liberal multicultural identities (Brown 2006). As Wendy
Brown argues, the discourse of tolerance entails certain political, social, and cultural
norms, and places a form of liberalism as the unmarked position from which toregard, and to tolerate, others. As middle-class, suburban, English-speaking
Americans, LEX club members are in a normative, unmarked social position. Their
expressions of tolerance, like their ideologies of language learning, are a reflection of
the positions from which they regard their society.
I have also argued in the chapter that, unlike Hippo Family Club members inJapan, the discourse of LEX Language Project members shows no discomfort witheducational tradition or academic expertise. Even though Hippo club members inJapan sometimes align with expert theories, especially those concerning first
language acquisition, official LEX Institute materials produced in Tokyo oppose
Hippo's 'natural' activities with those of 'traditional' schooling. In contrast, LEX
Language Project members explicitly appeal to linguistics and to other academic
theories in their discussions of language structure and language education.
In Chapter Five, “Perceptions of similarity and difference,” I turn from myown observation of the relationship between Japanese and American club
discourses to the differences noted by club members in each location. During
participant observation in Yokohama, Osaka, and Massachusetts, members

154
occasionally noted differences between the Japanese and the American clubs,
sometimes asking me why I thought such differences existed, and sometimes
offering their own theories. In the next chapter I relate these differences todifferent relationships with educational authority in each nation-state. Japanese
educational discourse has long been centrally controlled, making Hippo Family
Club's democratic, egalitarian approach appear radical and new. In the US,
however, local control of educational policy and relatively public arguments overapproaches position the LEX approach as another chapter in an ongoing history.

Perceptions of similarity and difference“So this is America? Everything is so big. ... In Japan cars go on the left side.”(track 6, Hippo Goes Overseas)
5.1. Hippo and LEX: 'A little bit different'
While I was staying in the home of a Hippo Family Club facilitator in eastern Japan
she asked me why I thought the US clubs had changed their name. As recently as thefall of 2005, when I first became interested in Hippo Family Club, both the Japaneseand US clubs used that name. By the time I visited Massachusetts in September of
2006, though, they were transitioning to the name LEX Language Project. I suggested
that the faux-Latin LEX sounds more serious and academic, and therefore may be
more acceptable to American audiences. While it appears to be based on the Latin
word lex (law), the name LEX is actually a coinage created by Japanese club founder
Yo Sakakibara from the English words “Language Experience, Experiment, andExchange” (LEX Language Project 2007). My host found it odd that a club thatemphasizes fun should not have a fun name but should try to present itself as serious.
It is not unusual for 'serious' organizations in Japan, such as banks, insurancecompanies, or pharmaceutical manufacturers, to have cute cartoon icons (section 5.2,
below). In contrast, such images are usually reserved for products aimed at young
children in the US. I suggested that the use of fun or cute labels may be off-puttingfor American parents and potential members who think of foreign-language learningas edifying and enriching.
At another club, members were discussing the differences between Japaneseand North American schools. The club facilitator noted that although both Japan andthe US have twelve years of combined elementary and secondary education,

156
American schools number those years consecutively as first grade through twelfth
grade, while Japan divides them into six years of shougakkou (elementary school),
three years of chuugakkou (middle school), and three years of koutougakkou (higher
secondary school), also called koukou (high school), and restarts the numbering with
first grade at each level. She asked me how to say sukoshizutsu chigau (each differs
slightly) in English; I suggested “a little bit different.” Perhaps because of the soundof the words – initial l, flapped t, and syllabic l do not appear in Japanese – the clubmembers took a liking to the expression and over the next several days delighted inpointing out things that were “a little bit different” outside of Japan.
As my hosts' questions suggest, although members of Hippo Family Club inJapan and LEX Language Project in the US regard their club chapters as facets of thesame organization, they are aware of differences in each location. In this chapter I
will describe minor differences in club practice between Japan and the United States.
Many of the differences described in this chapter were mentioned during myfieldwork by members who had participated in Hippo activities on both sides of the
Pacific through home-stay or other travel abroad. I will argue that these differences
relate to the different cultural and historical settings within which LEX and Hippo
clubs are situated, and especially to different educational discourses in each area. In
Japan, where the control of school curricula and textbooks has been highly
centralized in the Ministry of Education at least since the end of the American postwar occupation, Hippo Family Club's approach to language learning is seen as arevolutionary break with mainstream educational discourses. In the US, on the other157
hand, where schools are controlled by local school boards over which parents andother citizens have a relatively greater say, LEX-style learning fits within a polyvocal
discourse on educational practice.
In section 5.2, I will begin with a discussion of the culture of 'cute' in Japan.
Beginning with youth movements and youth-oriented products in the 1970s, andcontinuing today through consumer products and advertising campaigns for all
manner of products, services, and organizations, 'cute' has emerged as a common
attribute with which to position items for consumption in Japan (Kinsella 1995,
McVeigh 2000, Black 2008). Additionally, the association of 'cute' with adult as well
as juvenile femininity (Kinsella 1995, Miller 2006) fits well with both stereotypicalassociations of language work as women's work (Pavlenko 2001, Schmenk 2004) andthe fact that most Hippo Family Club chapters are actually lead by women.
Notwithstanding a similar association of language learning and of elementary
education generally with women in the United States, educational products in the US
are generally marketed by appealing to notions of cultural or scholarly tradition, notyouth or femininity. The positioning of LEX Language Project and Hippo Family
Club in distinct educational and consumer landscapes, therefore, accounts for some ofthe difference noted by American and Japanese club members.
In section 5.3 the discussion turns from the effects of consumer discourses on
the marketing of language education to the effects of political traditions on both theunderstanding and the practice of education in Japan and the United States. In Japan
today decisions regarding the number of contact hours, the content of curriculum, and158
the selection of textbooks are primarily controlled from the national level, by the
Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science, and Technology (Stevenson and
Nerison-Low 2002, Butler and Iino 2005). With the exception of a brief period at the
beginning of the US occupation after the Second World War, education in Japan has
been centrally controlled since the Meiji Restoration in the late nineteenth century(Horio 1988, James and Benjamin 1988). Debate over the content or practice of
education has generally occurred either within the Ministry, or in challenges to the
Ministry's control from the national teachers' union; individual citizens have rarely
objected to this strong centralization (James and Benjamin 1988). This contrasts withthe situation in the United States, where schools are controlled by local boards ofeducation that are envisioned both in terms professional management and local
democratic governance (Tracy 2007). Both materials and curricula are left to local
control in the US system (Stevenson and Nerison-Low 2002). Various educational
philosophies have vied with one another in the US since the nineteenth century(Chung and Walsh 2000), and there is no federal mechanism for developing any
standard approach (Stevenson and Nerison-Low 2002).
Against these different backgrounds, the practice of LEX/Hippo style learning
is understood rather differently in Japan and the United States. In the former, therelatively democratic “no teachers” approach is seen as a sharp departure fromtraditional education. Hippo's rejection of 'tradition' therefore distinguishes it from alarge field of private educational institutions with broadly similar philosophies that
tend to stick closely to the Ministry-recommended curriculum (James and Benjamin1591988). Against the background of diverse competing philosophies in the US, though,Hippo activities appear as the latest in a history of experimental approaches.
American members justify the LEX approach to language learning by appeal to otheracademic and scientific discourses.
5.2. The culture of 'cute'
While the name Hippo Family Club suggests an activity for families to engage in
together, it gives no indication that those activities center primarily around learning
foreign languages. There are a number of stories that purport to explain how thisname was selected. The first explanation I heard from a Hippo club member was thatthe club's founder had a young daughter who liked hippos, and the club was named ather whim. Another explanation holds that the name is a kind of word play: when thesyllables of the Japanese word for hippopotamus, kaba, are inverted they form baka(fool, idiot). Therefore, Hippos are the opposite of fools. The most convincing
account of how the name was selected, one that I have heard from a several club
facilitators and long-term members, suggests a different sort of word play. The firstmeeting of what was to become Hippo Family Club was held at a resort calledshirakaba (white birch). Over the course of the retreat, puns based on kaba in thesense of either 'birch tree' or 'hippopotamus' and plays on baka (fool) abounded, until
it was eventually decided to use hippo in the name of the new organization. Whatever
the actual source, Hippo Family Club is clearly a playful and cute name.
Such cute names are comparatively rare in the United States except as thenames of media products or consumer goods aimed at young children. Education and160
education-related products in particular tend to be positioned via associations with the
middle- and upper-classes, historical tradition, bureaucratic standardization, and the'scholarly' European languages of Latin and Greek. An unsystematic look at school
names, for example, suggests a preponderance of personal names, especially thenames of presidents or other national leaders (examples in my local school district
include Eisenhower and Douglass), or simple geographic descriptors (e.g. Bear Creek
and Southern Hills). This is true of private schools and educational camps as well(e.g. Shining Mountain Waldorf School, or numerous Montessori schools named for
educational philosopher Maria Montessori). There is a strong sense of tradition, too,in the names of non-school learning services such as Sylvan Learning, a chain oftutoring centers whose name seems to allude to Shakespeare and Alexander Pope aswell as the forest primeval, or Rosetta Stone, a company that sells language-learningmaterials for individual study or homeschooling and which is named for themultilingual Ptolemaic stele translated by French and British orientalist philologists.
Even products marketed to parents of small children in the US attempt toappeal to scholarly tradition. The Baby Einstein collection of products and toys forchildren from the age of 3 months are generally named for elite European scholars
and artists. In addition to Einstein, there are products called Baby Galileo, Baby
DaVinci, Baby Shakespeare, Baby Mozart, Baby Beethoven, and Baby Monet among
others, suggesting that parents can provide their children access to an elite sphere ofhistorical thinkers via consumption and education.

161
In sharp contrast to American products whose names allude to tradition anderudition, many products or services in Japan are marketed using juvenile images thatseem to have no clear connection to the nature of the product. Sharron Kinsella(1995) notes twenty-three banks, fourteen stock trading companies, and seveninsurance companies marketing their services with the use of cartoon characterslicensed from Sanrio. Sanrio was originally a Japanese stationary supplier, but sincethe 1970s it has earned the bulk of its income by licensing kyarakutaa guzzu(character goods), saccharine cartoon images it creates for the “retail-first” market(McVeigh 2000). Retail-first images are created specifically for use on retail goods,
unlike character properties adapted from books, movies, or other media. Kinsella
identifies the appetite for character goods as part of the kawaii style, or cute style, that
dominated Japanese consumer culture in the 1980s and remains popular today.
According to Laura Miller (2006), the “cult of cuteness” emerged as a fashion
aesthetic in Japan during the 1970s and 80s, driven by images of young girls or ofwomen posing as girls, first in comic books and pornography and then in other media
and popular fashion styles. Kinsella (1995) suggests that 'cute' was originally agrassroots movement that emerged among young women in schools, but that it wasquickly co-opted by marketers. Cute fashion offers juvenile images in pink and pastel
colors, usually decorated with cartoon characters. While contemporary fashion
markets a range of styles to Japanese women and girls, cuteness remains as one
approved form of femininity. Brian McVeigh (2000) suggests that cute designs andcharacters are so ubiquitous in contemporary Japan that even people who profess a

162

Figure 5.1. Advertisement for Hello Kitty Figure 5.2. Sato-kun and Satoko-chan,picture club (McVeigh 2000).
the elephant mascots of Sato
Pharmaceuticals (sato-seiyaku.co.jp).
dislike for Hello Kitty (figure 5.1) and other cute characters admit to owning'character goods' because the images' popularity makes them 'cool.' In contemporary
Japan, cute style is used not only to market consumer goods aimed at children or
young women, but also to soften or conceal the image of police departments(McVeigh 2000), financial institutions (Kinsella 1995), pharmaceutical companies(figure 5.2), or other non-cute enterprises.
There appears to be an association between the cute aesthetic and a desire forthings foreign. McVeigh notes that the name Hello Kitty not only uses English words
but is often written in the Roman alphabet “to add a foreign, exotic flavor” (2000:
226). Kinsella (1995) argues that cute handwriting developed among young womenas a rejection Japanese tradition.
The horizontal left to right format of cute handwriting
and the liberal use of exclamation marks, as well as
English words such as 'love' and 'friend', suggest thatthese young people were rebelling against traditional
Japanese culture and identifying with European culture

163
which they obviously imagined to be more fun.
(Kinsella 1995: 224).
French or English words also appear frequently as legends on cute household goods.
A set of teddy-bear shaped magnets declare, “Be absorbed in sweet memories then
you will be a part of the nature” (Engrish.com 2009). While native English speakers
may view such usage as “humorous English mistakes” (Engrish.com 2009), from theperspective of the manufacturers and consumers of such goods in Japan, there is no
mistake. English or pseudo-English words are used not to communicate withforeigners but to index international or modern style within Japan. Backhaus (2007)
similarly notes that advertisements and signs around Tokyo frequently display
foreign, especially European, languages alongside Japanese text, with the Japanese
text delivering the message and the foreign text adding a sense of style. Like foreign
words and orthographies, cute products forge a link between Japanese consumers andan imagined world of late modernity and globalization.
The name Hippo Family Club references both cuteness and foreignness byreferring to a rotund animal not found in Japan and by using English words to name aJapanese club. The images of hippos that occasionally appear on club materials or at
chapter meetings (figure 5.3) are always whimsical and anthropomorphic, with a lackof anatomical detail similar to that commonly seen in character goods (Black 2008).

164

Figure 5.3. A multilingual anthropomorphic hippopotamus (hipposingapore.org).

The names of individual chapters and the nicknames of members in Japan are
also whimsical, tending toward cuteness. As described in Chapter 1, many club names
are based on foreign words, usually combined with the English word Family. For
example, I participated with a club in eastern Japan called Éminent Family. This namecombines the French word éminent (eminent) and the English word family. It is, at thesame time, a pun, since the club's facilitator and founding member is a woman named
Emiko. This pun is made clear by writing the name using two different Japanesesyllabaries so that Emi uses a different script than the rest of the word: エミなん F.
Note also that the English word Family is so commonly used that it is typicallyabbreviated with the single Roman character F. This punning on foreign words is also
apparent in Konton Family, mentioned in Chapter 1 as a pun on French content(happy) and Japanese konton (chaos). Not all names based on foreign words are puns,
however. Many names are simply single words with positive connotations, followedby the English family. Examples include Araso Family (Korean: “I understand”) andHallo-Hallo Family, which may derive from any of a number of cognate greetings invarious European languages. Cuteness appears again in the written form of this club's

165
name, rendered with a playful mixture of katakana – the syllabary traditionally used
for foreign loan words – roman alphabet, and mathematical notation as ハロ２ F.
According to the LEX Language Project's web page, one of the first US clubs
had a similarly playful name: Belmont Tomodachi32, which combines the club's
location in Belmont, Massachusetts, with the Japanese word meaning “friends” (LEX
Language Project 2007). Although the LEX Language Project website at one time
listed similar names consisting of Japanese or Korean words for the various chapters,
I did not hear members use these names during my time with them. They typicallyreferred simply to “Club” or occasionally to “Hippo,” or referred to meeting locations
in order to distinguish one group from another. The LEX Language Project website
currently refers to each meeting by location and time, rather than with chapter
nicknames.
Similarly, individual members of Japanese clubs often have playful and cutenicknames, while members of US clubs generally refer to one another by their given
names. As with the names of club chapters, many members' nicknames are based on
foreign words, and some are puns. Examples of such nicknames include Kakak(Indonesian: “Sister”), Baozi (the name of a popular Chinese food) and Mariposa(Spanish: “Butterfly”), three members I met in eastern Japan. The nickname Mariposa
is doubly meaningful, since it is a Spanish word, but also resembles Mariposa's given
name, Mari. This sort of punning is also apparent in Mikan, which means “tangerine”
in Japanese but also resembles the club member's given name.
32

Like Konton Family, Belmont Tomodachi is an actual chapter name; the others are pseudonyms
based on actual chapter names.

166
On two separate occasions, members of US clubs speculated as to why
Japanese members use nicknames, offering strikingly similar reasoning. Both of thesemembers had spent time working in Japan, one as an English teacher and one as atranslator. Each noted that, where Americans refer to acquaintances as well as friends
using their given names, Japanese people typically refer to colleagues and otheracquaintances using family names, usually marked with honorific suffixes. One of the
US members further speculated that it must be uncomfortable to participate inchildren's games while affecting such a formal demeanor. Therefore, she suggested,
the use of cute nicknames allows Japanese members to act in a distinct guise that is
appropriate to Hippo activities.
Although cuteness seems appropriate to play, and Hippo club members foundit entirely natural that their activities should be so framed, the cute aesthetic is notwithout its critics. Miller (2004) notes that cute handwriting, with its imagined links
to European languages, is a frequently criticized aspect of burriko style. The burriko(fake child) is an adult woman criticized for taking cute style to extremes, not only
dressing 'cute' and owning character goods, but also speaking in 'baby talk' andotherwise affecting an insistently juvenile pose. Kinsella (1995) notes that cute style
was especially criticized by conservative intellectuals during the 1980s, who saw
young women's embrace of childish images as a rejection of their traditionallyapproved roles as wives and mothers. Japanese women find themselves in a double
bind, censured as 'tasteless' (Okamoto 1995) for failing to index stereotypical167
femininity in their speech styles, yet charged as inauthentic burriko when they
produce either excessive or innovative feminine forms (Miller 2004).
The cute aesthetic counters staid images of tradition, much as Hippo Family
Club positions its learning style as a rejection of 'traditional' approaches to foreign
language teaching and learning. Whether it is seen as a rejection of traditional genderand labor roles (Kinsella 1995), an ironic statement on gender positioning andconsumerism (McVeigh 2000), or a point of tension between tradition and innovation(Miller 2004, Black 2008), 'cute' signals a position outside of conservative discourses.
Cuteness is thus a convenient way to signal distance from historical nationalist
discourses that celebrate monolingualism (Chapter 3).

Gender stereotypes appear both in links between femininity and cuteness, andbetween women and language education. Foreign language education is often viewed
as the domain of women students and teachers, a view that Barbara Schmenk (2004)
relates to gender stereotypes in popular understandings and to chains of problematic
assumptions underlying academic study.
Concerning the belief that language learning is afeminine domain, at least three aspects could be related
to stereotyping: (a) the claim that gender is adifferentiating variable, (b) the claim that language
learning success is causally linked to a person's gender,and (c) the observation that girls and women worldwide
tend to study languages more often than boys and men
do. (Schmenk 2004: 517)
Although it has not always been taken up by researchers in second language
acquisition, most work on language and gender since the 1990s challenges the168
assumption that women and men comprise distinct groups in terms of language
behavior and therefore that gender is an essential variable in language learning(Erhlich 1997, Pavlenko and Piller 2001). As Schmenk points out, claims that girls (orin some cases, boys) are superior language learners are based on chains ofproblematic and often inconsistent theories. “As a result, language learning itself
appears to be gendered; it is feminized” (Schmenk 2004: 519).
Aneta Pavlenko (2001) surveys studies on the effects of gender onbilingualism, multilingualism, and language shift. She emphasizes the fact that, justas gender is a socially constructed position, the meaning of which varies from one
sociocultural setting to another, the relationships between gender and multilingualism
are highly variable. In some settings, bilingualism or multilingualism is associatedwith men, while in others it is associated with women. In many societies, though,language work such as contributions to children's literacy learning, the transmissionof preferred language varieties, or the maintenance of home languages are considered“women's work” (Pavlenko 2001: 135).
According to a long-time Hippo Family Club participant I interviewed, one
who was with the club from the very beginnings of the organization, gender andethnic stereotypes were very much on the mind of Hippo's founder. Yo Sakakibara,
the son of progressive Japanese intellectuals, envisioned learning multiple languages
as a means of promoting ethnic and gender equality. According to my informant, who
was a childhood friend of Sakakibara and an early supporter of his efforts,bilingualism was considered “shallow” and unbecoming of Japanese intellectuals in

169
the mid-twentieth century. As a result, my informant suggests, most interpreters andtranslators in Japan were women. Also during this time many Japanese people saw
ethnic Koreans as “subhuman.” My informant described “Yo's discovery of Korea.”
Sakakibara imagined what would happen to Japanese people who discovered family
connections to Korean individuals. He envisioned family-to-family connections
between Japanese and Koreans as a way to foment political and racial liberalization.
Sakakibara set out to teach English, Spanish, and Korean together in order to “throwout utility” and encourage students to see languages as intrinsically valuable. I notethat while members of Hippo Family Club today seem to view languages as
intrinsically valuable and celebrate their relationships with fellow club members inother parts of the world, that membership still includes somewhat more women thanmen.
In Hippo Family Club today, although the senior staff members of LEX
Institute in Tokyo are primarily men, Hippo Fellows, the facilitators of individual
chapters throughout Japan, are overwhelmingly women. In fact, every chapter I
participated with had a female fellow. In two of these chapters the fellow's husband
served as de-facto associate leader, but even in those cases the fellow was bothofficially recognized as the group facilitator and most often looked to for leadership.
Similarly, a Fellows' Workshop I observed in Tokyo in 2008 was attended by some400-500 Hippo members from all over eastern Japan. According to a LEX Institutestaff member I spoke with after the workshop, most of the attendees were in fact club
fellows. Within the sea of faces in the large meeting hall were only a handful of men.

170
At this workshop, at least, men appeared to comprise no more than ten percent of club
fellows.
Among ordinary members, too, adult women tend to outnumber adult men. In
Karagoku Family, for example, there were two fathers who regularly attended weekly
meetings with their children, Tanaka-papa and Hiro-chan. Both were roughly as
active in the club as their wives, Sky and Mikan, though Sky is an especially active
Hippo Fellow. In addition, there was one single man, Kuma, whose adult children did
not participate in meetings. Including me, there were a total of four adult men. On theother hand, in addition to Sky and Mikan, four adult women, Tomazo, Kamachan,
Yashi, and Amayou, regularly attended with their children. The presence of two
unaccompanied men gave Karagoku a relatively balanced gender representation; atclubs I visited there were generally one and a half to three times as many women
present as men.
This gender integrated but slightly feminized world may be particularly
empowering for the women who serve as fellows. Club materials and members' talkstress the fact that there are no teachers at Hippo, and that all members are equal.
Even the title Hippo Fellow is designed to promote this idea of equality among
members and leaders. Just the same, members generally look to the fellows to start
the meetings, transition to new activities, ensure equal participation during talk time,and generally see that the meetings go off smoothly. Fellows also receive some
portion of the dues that members of their chapter pay to LEX Institute, though it was
not clear to me how much money this amounts to. In any case, the opportunity to171
serve as locally powerful figures, and to be recognized for such service with financial
reward is generally not as readily available to Japanese women as it is to men in thework place (Ashikari 2003; Inoue 2006).
As in Japan, where the majority of chapter facilitators are women, in the
United States all four chapters are operated by women. Yet there is no push to
position the clubs as 'cute'; indeed, the organization changed its name from Hippo
Family Club to the more serious-sounding LEX Language Project. In addition to therelative lack of cute culture in the US compared to Japan, two other factors may
account for the difference in naming and positioning. First, club facilitators in the US
are relatively professionalized. In Japan, Hippo Fellows are not employed by LEX
Institute, but receive a portion of the membership dues payed by the members of the
clubs they operate. In the US, on the other hand, three of the four club chapters areoperated by LEX America staff members. These members work in the organization's
offices full time, and facilitate a club chapter in addition to their regular duties. The
fourth club facilitator works in an administrative office in a local college and operates
a LEX chapter in the evening. This fact may give LEX Language Project chapters in
the US more of a sense of being a professional educational service. It is therefore notsurprising that their naming and marketing should resemble that of other services,
including that of for-profit companies.
The second factor that may account for the lack of cuteness in US clubs is thefact that the membership of LEX Language Project chapters features more adults andfewer children than is typical of Hippo Family Club chapters in Japan. Although I

172
knew a handful of adults who participated in Hippo clubs in Japan without children,the more common pattern was for a mother to come with her children, or for entire
nuclear families of mother, father, and one or more children to join at the same time.
As a result, most Hippo chapters I observed had either a fairly equal mix of adult andchild members, or somewhat more children than adults. In contrast, most LEX
Language Project chapters in Massachusetts featured more adults than children. One
exception was a club that operated on a weekday morning. At this chapter, a family of
mother, father, and five children rather tipped the balance; on most mornings there
were a total seven children and five adults present. In contrast, another chapter
featured no children as regular participants, though on some occasions the niece of aregular member would attend.
In this section, I have suggested that, in addition to differences in themembership of individual chapters, differences in consumer culture, particularly thecute aesthetic, account for some of the differences between Hippo Family Club inJapan and LEX Language Project in the US. Japanese club chapters are generally
operated by female fellows and include as many children as adults in theirmembership. The associations of 'cute' with femininity, attraction to foreign cultures,and rejection of traditional gender and labor roles also help account for the
positioning of Hippo Family Club as a cute organization. In the US, the larger
percentage of adult members, the relative professionalization of chapter facilitators,
and the general lack of a link between cuteness and consumer goods work against
such positioning. In the next section I turn from discussion of consumer culture to one

173of political and educational traditions. I will argue that the relatively univocal,
centrally organized discourse on education in Japan contrasts with a locallycontrolled, polyvocal discourse in the US. The resulting difference leads Hippo
members in Japan to see their activities as a break from tradition, while American
members see the same activities as a continuation of a tradition of experimentation.
5.3. Revolution and evolution
Popular wisdom holds that Japan's modernization was a singularly rapid
development. From the closing of the Japanese borders by the Tokugawa shogunate in
the 1630s until the arrival of Commodore Perry's black ships in the 1850s, Japan was
officially closed to foreign influence. Foreign political developments during theseventeenth and eighteenth centuries were largely held at bay. Then starting with the
Meiji Restoration around 1868, Japan suddenly and very rapidly became a modern
world power. Though this story may be mythic and rather loose with historical facts(Tashiro 1982, Hall 1991), it is nonetheless widely referred to both inside and outsideof Japan (Gottlieb 2005, Inoue 2006).
Brian McVeigh (1998) notes that slogans of Japanese education during the
Meiji period (1868-1912) such as “catching up and surpassing the West” combine adrive for modernization and for patriotic nationalism. The history of Japanese
education since the Meiji period is marked by struggles of political elites to mobilize
nationalistic feelings and movements toward modernism and internationalism in theservice of various political, philosophical, and economic ends.

174
During the Meiji period a goal of Japan's bureaucracies was to make the state
a powerful player in international politics in order to resist and compete with Westernimperial powers in Asia (Horio 1988, McVeigh 1998). One way to mobilize thepeople for these state ends is through education. Although various figures andfactions within the Japanese elite struggled with one another over the power toorganize and define state ends (Lincicome 2009), the dominant thrust of Japanese
education during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries was towardemperor-centered nationalism, including a drive for “arms, empire, and oligarchicrule” (Lincicome 2009: 13).
Following a period of public resistance and democratic reform during the
Taishō period (1912-1926), central control over education was again strengthened
during the 1920s and 1930s. The Ministry of Education exerted particular control
over the reproduction of loyal citizens during this period of increased Japaneseimperialism in the run-up to the Second World War. The provision of moral andcharacter education, using curricula and materials selected by the Ministry,emphasized the unique character of the Japanese people and the unbroken successionof the Japanese Emperor (Lincicome 2009). During and immediately after World War
II, some Japanese intellectuals sought to counter the Ministry's control overeducation, which they associated with a drive for statism and militarism (Horio 1988).
In the early days of the Allied occupation, starting in 1945, the Allied Powers
sought to bring Japanese schools under local control, modeled on the system in the
United States (James and Benjamin 1988). During those early days, the Allied Powers

175
worked with the Japan Teachers Union, which had sought to counter the Ministry of
Education's central control over educational practice. In 1947 the Gakushuu Shidou
Youryou (Course of Study) was published as a general guide to the operation of
education; the guidelines allowed autonomy to individual schools and teachers (Horio
1988). With the start of the Cold War, however, the US-dominated Allied Powers
became increasingly distrustful of the Teachers Union, whose leaders tended to besocialists or communists. By the end of the occupation, the Allied Powers tended toside with Ministry over the Teachers Union (James and Benjamin 1988). In 1958 arevised Course of Study was put into law, giving central control over education to the
Ministry of Education. Today, the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science andTechnology – which succeeded the Ministry of Education in 2001 – does nottechnically control education directly, but it does influence the content standardized
tests and approves the textbooks used in each school, giving it de facto control (James
and Benjamin 1988, Cutts 1997, Butler and Iino 2005).
It is against this tradition of centrally controlled education, in which private aswell as publicly-funded schools use Ministry of Education-approved methods andmaterials and few dissenting voices are heard outside of the Ministry or Teachers
Union, that Hippo Family Club poses its views on language education. LEX Institutematerials in Japan promote Hippo Family Club as an effective alternative to artificial,authoritarian, and stressful classroom education.
In sharp contrast to the situation in Japan, where the content of education iscentrally controlled by ministries of the national government, US schools are both

176
controlled and financed by local school boards (Stevenson and Nerison-Low 2002).
These school boards are sites of local governance shaped by American ideals ofrepresentative democracy. Control of schools is expected to be based both on theexpertise of professional educators and on the values and the will of the local
community (Tracy 2007). The US Department of Education's National Institute on
Student Achievement, Curriculum, and Assessment suggests that Japanese andAmerican school systems are at opposite ends of a continuum, with Japan
representing the most centralized control of schools, and the US the most localized(Stevenson and Nerison-Low 2002).
Shunah Chung and Daniel Walsh (2000) discuss a variety of educational
philosophies that have effected early childhood education in the United States since
the nineteenth century. German idealism, which placed man in a spiritual world;
American transcendentalism, which saw children's development as an expression ofGod's will; a Hegelian view of socialization into American cultural values; andvarious strains of developmentalism that sought to harmonize intellectual andbiological growth were each dominant approaches to early childhood education at
various times (Chung and Walsh 2000).
Like early childhood education, foreign language education has at various
times been dominated by different methods and philosophies. During the last quarterof the nineteenth century the direct method, which rejected the use of translation orlists of vocabulary items, was popular in various guises throughout Europe. These
approaches influenced language teaching in the United States. In the early twentieth177century, however, the direct method was replaced by various methods that combined
the study of grammar with communicative language use, inspired in part by European
linguists such as Otto Jesperson and Henry Sweet (Decoo 2001). In the mid-twentiethcentury, the audio-lingual method, based on behaviorism in psychology and American
structuralism in linguistics, experienced popularity, only to be overthrown first by areturn to the eclectic methods of the early part of the century, and eventually replacedby the communicative approach (Decoo 2001; see also Chapter Three).
Since control of education in the United States combines norms ofprofessional management with those of democratic local governance, citizenconsumers of American education have a view to philosophical and empirical debatesover approaches. The traces of these arguments are visible in LEX Language Project
members' descriptions of the club's activities. When I interviewed her at her home ineastern Massachusetts, LEX club member Cory described LEX activities as similar to
approaches in early childhood education. (In the transcription of interviews, listener
feedback is enclosed in square brackets. Transcription conventions otherwise
resemble those for multiparty discourse, as described in Appendix A.)
Interview with Cory, 3 March 2009
CORY: Going to LEX is like going to preschool.
CDN: hm
CORY: Cause we do lots of body, [CDN: yeah] lots ofsinging, lots of moving, lots of crossing midline [huh]during the- the uh stuff. We have pictures, we playgames, we- we try to do as much as we can in context.
CDN: Right.
CORY: So, y'know if you're learning the word ball, we
should have a ball around. And even if they don't

178
associate it with that, maybe they'll associate it with
"Oh, somebody's gonna play with me."According to Cory, who is a special education teacher, one of the valuable qualities of
LEX activities is “crossing midline.” Scholars and educators discuss the coordinationof movements that cross the midline of the body as milestones of normal or delayeddevelopment (e.g. Eason & Surburg 1993, Woodard & Surburg 1999, Pedersen, Heath& Surburg 2007). Some educational specialists advocate activities that require
movement across the midline either as remediation for learning disabilities (Ross &Burdick 1981; Sherrill 1986) or as a pre-writing skill for normally developingchildren (Armfield 1977). Cory's discussion of LEX activities thus do not stressnaturalness or distinction from traditional classroom activities, but features sharedwith approaches to early childhood education. Cory also uses key terms frompedagogical theory (context, associate, body) to validate LEX activities.
The pattern of pronoun use in Cory’s description is also interesting. Her
description of LEX activities initially uses second person plural pronouns (We do lotsof body; We have pictures). When the description shifts to discussion of vocabulary
learning, however, their is a separation of second- and third-person pronouns forlearners (You’re learning the word ball; They’ll associate it) and first person pronouns
for the club generally (We should have a ball around). Cory thus positions herself
both as a club member and as an expert who can both provide and evaluate proper
educational practices.

179
Similarly, Rena, the facilitator of a LEX Language Project club, suggests that
her experience as a camp counselor, and specifically her teaching experience,
foreshadowed her interest in becoming a LEX club facilitator.
Interview with Rena, 7 March 2009
RENA: I'm uh I just started thinki- well from when I
even from when I started I I started thinking of um "Ohthese are cool games, like I wanna make some up.
myself."
CDN: uh huh
RENA: And c- y'know add to the stock of games that wehave [°huh°] and um and . I dunno I mean I've been ateacher, [mm hm] um . I've been a camp counselor, [mmhm] um actually for . five summers I think? uh in highschool and college I was a camp counselor?
CDN: mm hm
RENA: um and so y'know leading kids in songs and games
and things like that wa- it was some thing that I was .
USed to and I think I'm drawing on that.

By comparing “a teacher” and “a camp counselor” with the person who creates “coolgames” for LEX, Rena implicitly casts those activities as pedagogical materials. Laterin the same interview, Rena makes the claim more explicitly.
Interview with Rena, 7 March 2009
RENA: I had a lot of opinions about [uh huh] y'know how
I wanted to y'know the diREction that I would want totake a club (in/and) I st- immediately started to think"OH y'know if I y'know if I had my OWn club: I would
y'know I'd want to have games for all these different
areas of vocabulary, and I'd wanna y'know make sure we
ROtated them on some sort of . y- loose, loosely on aschedule: where [uh huh] y'know we hit- we got like .
eventually acquired all the vocabulary (in/and) all thedifferent languages and . um .. hh

For Rena, the goal is to create “games for all these different areas of vocabulary”
covering “vocabulary in all the different languages.” In fact the games that Rena hadcreated relate to specific vocabulary areas, much as they might be covered in the180syllabus of a foreign-language class. For example, Rena created the game Moi Dom(Russian: “My House”), in which players sit in a circle around drawings of houses
and take turns describing one of the pictures. The player selects any language she
prefers, and utters a sentence of the form “My house is ___,” usually completed witha description of color, size, or position relative to something else in the picture. The
other players then race to grab the drawing described. The game is a variant of
karuta, a genre of game frequently exploited in the creation of Hippo club activities.
At one LEX Language Project meeting Rena led, she selected the SADA to include a
simpler version of karuta using solid-colored cards named with single words,
followed by Moi Dom, and then Color Tag, a type of tag in which the player must
name a color for the other players to find and touch. Thus, the progression of different
games each reinforces similar color-word vocabulary, in the fashion of a foreignlanguage lesson plan or syllabus.
Although similar, often identical activities are practiced at Hippo Family Club
chapters in Japan and LEX Language Project clubs in the United States, the activities
are justified in very different ways. In Japan, Hippo activities are seen as a 'natural'means to stimulate language acquisition. This natural acquisition is opposed to theineffective methods of 'traditional' school approaches. In the US, the same activities
are justified as cognitively enriching methods, using language borrowed fromprofessional or scientific registers of pedagogical theory and early childhood
development. Against a background of centrally controlled educational policy inJapan, the introduction of teaching methods that differ from those used in public or181
private schools is viewed as a revolution in learning. In the US, in contrast, LEX
methods are simply one more approach in a crowded field of educational methods
that are debated on scientific merits and selected in accordance with local values.
As the justifications of similar methods differ in Japan and the US, so do
accounts of the history of LEX and Hippo. Accounts of the club’s history produced by
LEX Institute in Tokyo and LEX America in Massachusetts each refer to the foundingof the club by Yo Sakakibara, and to Sakakibara’s relationship to the educational andlinguistic institutions of the late twentieth century. The characterization of thisrelationship is rather different, however. The LEX America account suggests a
gradual expansion of activities that began in Japan, leading up to the founding of
Hippo Family Club chapters in the United States. In contrast, the LEX Instituteaccount focuses on the founding of the club in Tokyo, which is positioned as a breakfrom traditional study in American universities.
The LEX America website features a time line titled “History of Hippo Family
Club,” which lists key events in the club’s history by date. The account begins inTokyo years before the official founding of Hippo Family Club, and lists the dates ofvarious developments in the club's evolution.
“History of Hippo Family Club”
1966 - Tokyo English Center founded by Yo Sakakibara in Tokyo.
1968 - Language Research Foundation founded by Yo Sakakibara inCambridge, MA.
1972 - Homestay program begun with 4-H.
1981 - LEX Institute/HIPPO Family Club founded by Yo Sakakibara tofocus on multilingual/multicultural activities.
1982 - HIPPO Family Club exchange with 4-H begun.
1985 - LEX America founded in Cambridge, MA mainly to coordinate
exchange programs.

182
[…]
March 1997 - Yo Sakakibara gave seminar in Boston, introducing HIPPOFamily Club to US.
June 1997 - Camp held for potential fellows in western MA.
November 1997 - HIPPO Family Club launched in MA, NY, and NJ with
3 clubs (Belmont Tomodachi, Manhattan, and Englewood Cliffs).
(LEX Language Project 2007)
The use of a time-line suggests an evolution, rather than a revolutionary change,leading to the establishment of Hippo Family Club. According to this time-line,
Hippo Family Club was founded “to focus on multilingual/multicultural activities.”
There is no suggestion that the educational approach of Hippo Family Club contrasts
with that of the earlier “Tokyo English Center,” and no hint as to the educational
philosophies or methods employed by these organization.
It is accepted knowledge within LEX Language Project that Sakakibara
worked with researchers at Harvard and Massachusetts Institute of Technology while
he lived in Cambridge. Several individuals mentioned this to me, though no one wasquite sure about the nature of Sakakibara’s status at these institutions. Nonetheless,the presumed relationship between elite universities and Hippo, or at least Hippo's
founder, lend a certain authority to the club via a presumed relationship to traditionsof education and research. The LEX America time-line shows the Japaneseorganization's repeated outreach to the US and culminates with the launch of Hippo
clubs in three US states.
In the version of history related by LEX Institute in Tokyo, Sakakibara is
explicitly described as carrying out research at Harvard and MIT. Unlike descriptions

183
in the US, however, LEX Institute suggests that the move from Cambridge to Tokyo
inaugurated a new approach to learning.
The founder of LEX and HIPPO Family Club, Mr. Yo
Sakakibara, has been researching how humans acquire
languages for over 30 years. First working withresearchers at Harvard and MIT, and then moving his
research institute to Tokyo, Japan. In 1981, he formed
HIPPO Family Club, which utilizes the learning
methods he developed based on this research. (LEX
Institute 2007)
According to LEX Institute, this research “ shows that anyone, at any age, can acquire
new languages,” and contrasts this natural acquisition to attempts to learn “in atraditional classroom” (LEX Institute 2007).
A similar point is suggested in the Hippo recording, Multilingual Friends
Around the World! (LEX Institute 2006). In the fictional story told on the recording,
Sakakibara appears briefly as a character, describing the history of Hippo Family
Club to a club member from Korea. (This excerpt is drawn from the book that
accompanies the recording.)
Excerpt 5.1 Mr. Sakakibara’s Story (MFAW Engl 12)
Sakakibara: At the time America was said to be very advanced in thefield of linguistics and language learning. So we started out
using language materials based on the latest American
research. But we found that we didn’t get very good resultswith them.
Sang-woo: Huh? Really?
Sakakibara: Around that time, I happened to take a trip to Luxembourg
in Europe. I found out that children in Luxembourg canspeak not only Luxembourgish, but German, French, andEnglish too. And people there speak those four languages intheir everyday lives. That’s the kind of environment they184
live in. That’s when I first realized that human beings canbe multilingual.
The Sakakibara figure presented in the story reflects a common understanding oflearning and research within Hippo Family Club: where traditional study isineffective, “natural” learning via a process of unguided self-discovery can lead toimportant breakthroughs. While this ideology is most commonly expressed in
discussions of the differences between Hippo language learning and traditional
language study, this excerpt suggests that Sakakibara’s most effective pedagogicalresearch, the discovery which led to the founding of Hippo Family Club, happened
only when he rejected traditional linguistic research and discovered multilingualism
naturally.
Small differences in emphasis in the US and Japan construct the history of
Hippo Family Club as evolutionary in the former and revolutionary in the latter. In
the US story, knowledge developed in authoritative institutions is shared withindividual practitioners who adapt it to local conditions. In the Japanese story, adistinguished leader sees the inefficacy of tradition, is inspired to create a new
system, and brings it to the people.

In this chapter I have argued that differences in practices and in club members'
talk about practices between Hippo Family Club in Japan and LEX Language Projectin the United States are related to the different historical, cultural, and ideologicalbackgrounds within which the two clubs exist. In Japan, where cuteness is a common
means to position products for consumption, Hippo Family Club's name and images

185
are seen as an appropriate representation of what the club stands for. The historicalassociations between cute culture and a rejection of traditional gendered labor roles
make such images especially appropriate for a group that promises connections to anew, global community. At the same time, the association of 'cute' with novel formsof femininity accord with the somewhat feminized image of Hippo clubs in particularand of language work as women's work in general. This contrasts with the situation in
the United States, where educational products and services are marketed via
associations with elite culture.
The effects of different educational discourses is also seen in the ways that
American and Japanese club members justify their activities. In Japan, where formal
education is centrally controlled and most citizens are relatively passive receivers of
the educational forms decreed by elected officials, Ministry of Education bureaucrats,
and Japan Teachers Union representatives, alternative education is seen as arevolution. This contrasts with the United States, where local control of education via
popular local governance gives individuals a stake in debates over educational
practice. LEX Language Project members in the US describe the effectiveness of club
activities in terms of educational practice and philosophy. Play is valuable to LEX
Language Project members not because it is fun, but because it resembles theactivities of early childhood education. For Japanese Hippo club members, on theother hand, play is means to return to childhood and experience 'natural' language
acquisition. “Adults who are exposed to new languages in a similar way [to babies]
will go through the same natural process” (LEX Institute 2007). While LEX America

186
compares club activities to professional teachers' methods, Hippo in Japan views thesame activities as a rejection of traditional education.
Despite different ideas about the nature of language education in Japan andthe United States, LEX/Hippo club members identify with members of other club
chapters around the world. On both sides of the Pacific, club members seek aform of what I am calling cosmopolitan citizenship, an imagined relationship witha community of language learners all over the world. In Chapter Six I describe
how club members come to identify with the characters of the fictional stories
contained in their learning materials through a process of adequation (Bucholtz
and Hall 2004). The descriptions of these characters in the recordings emphasize
their roles as Hippo Family Club members without providing specific details
about their lives or personalities, making it easy for listeners to identify withthem. Club members who identify with these fictional characters can also
envision a relationship with members of other club chapters in other parts of theworld through a process of fractal recursivity (Irvine and Gal 2000). Perceptionsof similarity between oneself, fellow chapter members, and fictional characters
are projected onto other club members in diverse parts of the world. In this way,club members imagine themselves to be part of an international community offellow club members, most of whom they will never actually meet (compare
Anderson 1983).

Identifying with the Transnational Family“Because you started Hippo, Mr. Sakakibara, ... I have friends all over the world!”(track 12, Multilingual Friends Around the World!)
6.1. Language and identity
Members of Hippo Family Club envision themselves as part of a world-wideorganization, sharing a relationship and a common endeavor with fellow clubmembers in many countries. I was therefore a bit surprised to stumble across evidenceof unexamined assumptions of normative Japanese ethnicity in the Japanese club.
During the course of field work, I needed to fill out an application form on the LEX
Institute web site in order to attend a kouenkai (public meeting) at a chapter I had
never visited before. The application was a standard on-line form; it asked for myname, address, telephone number, and fax number. Since I had recently arrived inJapan, I did not have a telephone or fax, and thought it might be unwise to give theaddress of my temporary lodging. Therefore, I gave my telephone and fax numbers
both as 00-0000-0000 and my address as simply beikoku (United States of America).
I had expected to have difficulty filling out my address and phone number, but
was quite surprised that the greatest difficulty was caused by my name. There were
blanks for sei (family name) and na (given name), which I entered as Nilep, Chad.
When I pressed the 'send' button on the online form, I was informed that I had notincluded a postal code, and that my name was not properly formatted. After I included
the postal code 000-0000, beikoku was accepted as my address. I tried entering myname in katakana, the syllabary commonly used for foreign words and the names of
non-Japanese residents: ナイレップ・チャド. This was still unacceptable. The
computer required kanji (Chinese characters) for the name and katakana for the

188furigana (pronunciation guide). I tried a third time, giving the kanji for my name as
虚名・義理 (kyomei, giri, literally: False-name, Obligation) and ナイレップ・チャド(Nilep, Chad) as the pronunciation guide. This was accepted.
I found it odd that an organization that prides itself on its membership ofdiverse individuals from all over the world nonetheless does not think to configure its
on-line application system to accept names in orthographies other than the traditional
kanji. Despite imagining Hippo membership to include members around the world,
despite the presence of linguistically diverse residents and naturalized citizens inJapan (Maher and Yashiro 1995, Gottlieb 2005, Kanno 2008, inter alia), and despite
the existence of actual non-Japanese Hippo members in Japanese club chapters, thedefault assumption is that potential members will all have typically Japanese names.
This chapter explores the ways in which Hippo Family Club members come toimagine themselves as part of a worldwide community of Hippos, and how they cometo identify with these imagined fellow members despite the likelihood ofinterpersonal differences. I begin by describing, in the remainder of this section, thetheoretical background on which the analysis is based. Of primary importance is thetactics of intersubjectivity (Bucholtz and Hall 2004b), a theory for understanding thediscourse practices by which individuals identify with some groups and differentiatethemselves from others. This chapter also draws on the notion of fractal recursivity(Irvine and Gal 2000), a processes whereby perceptions of individual similarity or
difference are projected onto relationships at other levels, creating larger or smaller
categories of identification. Finally, the analysis relates to the notion of simultaneity

189(Anderson 1983), in which separate individuals are imagined to comprise a unitedsociety by virtue of moving together through time. For Benedict Anderson,
experience of the same newspapers and novels allow individuals to imagine
themselves as united in a nation; for Hippo Family Club members, experience ofHippo tapes and chapter meetings create an image of a united club.
In section 6.2 we turn to an analysis of the content of the Hippo tapes. The
fictional stories in the most commonly used recordings, Hippo Goes Overseas (Hippo
Family Club 1985) and Multilingual Friends Around the World! (LEX Institute 2006),
present an image of ideal membership. The characters in the stories travel around theworld, use multiple languages, and befriend interesting people. Section 6.2 also
examines how members' talk, especially during club meetings but also in interviews
and other talk, is modeled on the content of the Hippo tapes. This reproduction of thelanguage and ideas presented in the Hippo tapes allows members to identify with thefictional characters of the narratives, and from there to project this identity onto
Hippo Family Club generally.
Finally, in section 6.3 I return to the notion of cosmopolitan citizenship.
Members of Hippo Family Club view their control of multiple language varieties as ameans to position themselves in a world beyond the boundaries of the nation-state.
Club members see themselves not only as multilingual, but also as international.
Though they may never travel abroad, they are able to view themselves as part of aninternational society, or a transnational family, of fellow club members. Even
members who travel abroad frequently, or who host numerous foreign guests, will

190
never meet more than a small percentage of the potential Hippo membership. Yet
their identification with Hippo Family Club as an institution is projected onto aninterpersonal relationship with fellow club members around the world.

The notion of identity is a complex one. In common usage, the word has twonearly opposite meanings: identity is at once defined as “the quality or condition of
being the same in substance, composition, nature, properties, or in particularqualities,” and “the condition or fact that a person or thing is itself and not somethingelse; individuality, personality” (Oxford English Dictionary 1989). A person's identity
is the quality of being a unique individual, which is accomplished by virtue of being
the same or similar to members of various groups. Definitions of identity in the social
sciences are similarly complex. Having a social identity suggests being positioned invarious socially constructed categories or culturally specific subject positions. This
positioning is accomplished by a combination of individual actions and ideologies,
combined with the actions and ratification of others, all crucially contained within abroader encompassing social structure. An individual’s identity is not an essential
quality or an internal state; rather it is an outcome of socially mediated ideologicalpractices of locating the self and others in subject positions.
The notion of identity in this dissertation is greatly influenced by the tactics ofintersubjectivity (Bucholtz and Hall 2004b), in which the individual is seen both as
the subject of, and subject to social processes. That is, individual identity is partially aresult of personal agency, including both intentional performances and habitual

191
practices. At the same time, identity is also partially a result of social structures overwhich the individual has no direct control. According to Mary Bucholtz and Kira
Hall, while the actions available to people are constrained by the social structures
within which they exist, social actors nonetheless work to construct their various
identities through interaction and negotiation with others. Social positioning isaccomplished via human agency, but the agency of each individual is constrained.
This tension “is captured in the polysemy of subject as both the agent and the patientof social action” (Bucholtz & Hall 2004b: 383).
Bucholtz and Hall (2004b) describe three pairs of tactics by which identity
positions are built and maintained: adequation and distinction describe the pursuit ofsocially recognized similarity and difference; authentication and denaturalization
concern judgments of the genuineness or artifice of identity performances; andauthorization and illegitimation involve uses of institutional or social authority tolegitimate some identities while withholding legitimacy from others.
Adequation, the recognition of others as adequately equal to oneself (or tothird parties – especially in the case of imposed adequation (Hodges 2008)) is
accomplished through the emphasis of analogous features and the de-emphasis ofother features. The features emphasized or de-emphasized may vary with time orsetting, as befits the moment of interaction. As important as emphasis of similarity is
the erasure of difference. Judith Irvine and Susan Gal define erasure in their work on
ideology: “Facts that are inconsistent with the ideological scheme either go unnoticed
or get explained away. So, for example, a social group or a language may be imagined192
as homogeneous, its internal variation disregarded” (2000: 38). For example, during aparty in Osaka in 2006 to celebrate the twenty-fifth anniversary of Hippo Family
Club, a group of club members from Japan and Mexico noted how they all liked todance, they all liked to eat, and they all enjoyed Hippo activities. They made no noteof the fact that many of the Mexican members did not speak Japanese, many of theJapanese members did not speak Spanish, and their discussion of similarities wasmediated by those members who could translate between the two languages. This
failure to notice key differences is essential to the recognition of similarity via
adequation.
As adequation selectively emphasizes or constructs similarity, distinction
erases similarities while emphasizing differences. Distinction is utilized both bypowerful hegemonic groups to separate themselves from those lacking economic or
political power (Bourdieu 1984), and by dominated groups to resist hegemonic
power. For example, while discrimination persists against ethnic Chinese in Japan,
some parents send their children to private bilingual Chinese schools where they
study Chinese as a second language in order to resist assimilation to Japanese
language and culture (Kanno 2008).
Where adequation and distinction pertain to the markedness of identity
positions, authentication and denaturalization relate to identity’s essentialism.
Although anthropologists and social scientists face criticism when they are seen toessentialize the groups they describe (see Gupta & Ferguson 1992; Abu-Lughod
2006), individual members of social groups practice forms of essentialism themselves

193
when they either recognize others as in-group members or withhold such recognition.
In addition, while the notion of authenticity can be a fraught one in social science
research, authentication again highlights the fact that in-group status is aninteractional accomplishment rather than a transparent act of recognizing pre-existing
similarities. Authentication describes processes by which members claiming or
assigning identities argue for the 'naturalness' of some identity positions. Thesearguments are supported by emphasizing either selected physical properties orcultural practices, such as ways of speaking. In contrast, denaturalization argues
against such claims of naturalness by highlighting either the artificiality or nonessential nature of such properties. For example, public arguments in the US over theadequacy or strength of Barack Obama’s identity as an African American havevariously focused on the sufficiency of skin color, national origin, speaking styles, orcultural exclusion to category membership (Walters 2007).
Practices of institutional power are at work in the tactics of authorization andillegitimation. Among the most visible practices of authorization are the selection,
codification, and promotion of standard language varieties by states or otherauthorities. For example, when intellectual and government elites in Japan cooperated
to describe regional dialects and ultimately to promote a particular variety as thestandard Japanese language around the turn of the last century (Gottlieb 2005; Inoue2006), they effectively constructed the newly emergent Tokyo middle class as a
privileged position. At the same time, these acts of authorization served asillegitimation of other groups within the state. Okinawan dialect speakers, in194particular, were placed outside of the Japanese mainstream, as were speakers of otherregional dialects, and ethnic groups associated with languages such as Ainu or
Korean.
The tactics of adequation and distinction, in particular, are useful for
identifying with the characters in the Hippo tapes. As we shall see in section 6.2, thecharacters in Hippo Goes Overseas invite identification because they are described inrelatively little detail. The central character, Sonoko, is a twelve-year-old girl from
Tokyo who attends school and has a mother, a father, and a brother. Other than this,most of the details given in the story relate only to being a member of Hippo Family
Club, a characteristic that she shares with most of the story's audience. This vague
characterization makes it relatively easy to see oneself in Sonoko's position, travelingto America and meeting new people. The central character of Multilingual Friends
Around the World!, Ichiro, features a similar lack of personal details. Ichiro is,however, distinguished from the other characters in the story by being a member of
Hippo Family Club. This distinction makes Ichiro attractive to the other characters inthe story; it is also a characteristic that they are able to acquire by joining the club. By
the end of the story, nearly all of its central characters have joined Hippo Family Club
chapters in their home countries.
The stories in the Hippo tapes invite listeners to identify with their central
characters. This identification is then projected onto identification with Hippo Family
Club by a process of fractal recursivity (Irvine and Gal 2000). A fractal is a roughgeometric shape that is self-similar at different scales. That is, small segments of the195
form resemble the form as a whole, at least approximately. Perhaps the most famous
fractal is the boundary of the Mandelbrot set (Figure 6.1), in which smaller groups ofcircular forms resembles the form as a whole. The complex images of fractals aredescribed by relatively simple equations or sets of equations, which are iterated todefine the form. The notion of fractals is used to describe patterns in nature such asleaves, crystals, or river networks in which smaller elements of the pattern resemble
larger ones. Benoit Mandelbrot (1977), the geometer who coined the term fractal,suggested that the concept may also be useful to describe recurring patterns inlinguistics, economics, and other studies of human activities.

Figure 6.1. Mandelbrot set with
continuously colored environment,
created by Wolfgang Beyer(upload.wikimedia.org/
wikipedia/commons/2/21/Mandel_zoom_00_mandelbrot_set.jpg).

Figure 6.2. Detail of the image in figure
6.1 at 210,350 times magnification(upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/
commons/b/b3/Mandel_zoom_07_
satellite.jpg).

196
Fractal recursivity (Irvine and Gal 2000) is a semiotic and ideological practicenamed for this geometric concept. Irvine and Gal define the semiotic practice of
fractal recursivity as “the projection of an opposition, salient at some level ofrelationship, onto some other level” (2000: 38). For example, differences between
individual members of a group may be 'projected' or seen to exist in differences
between groups, or the distinctive features of a group may be projected onto
individual members of the group. An historical illustration of the process of fractal
recursivity is seen in the place of Macedonia within early twentieth century Europe.
The stereotype of the civilized West and the barbaric Orient was recursively applied
to the relationship between Europe and Asia, the relationship between western Europe
and the Balkans, and the place of Macedonia within the Balkans (Irvine and Gal
2000). The same semiotic system is seen at different scales, as in a fractal form.
While Irvine and Gal (2000) discuss the process of fractal recursivity in termsof differentiation – the ideological construction of difference between societies orindividuals – the same process can be seen in the practices of identification throughwhich individuals are seen as the same as other members of the in-group. In order tosee Macedonia as “the Balkans of the Balkans” (Irvine and Gal 2000: 63), scholars
and government officials in Europe focused on the “disorder” of Macedonian society,particularly on its multilingualism, which was contrasted with the one-nation onelanguage ideal of European nationalism. This selective attention paid to a perceived
difference is an application of the practice of of distinction (Bucholtz & Hall 2004b).

197
Adequation proceeds in essentially the same way that distinction does, byhighlighting similarities and ignoring or erasing inconsistent facts. Just as notions ofdifference at one level can be projected to other levels, so too can notions ofsimilarity. The similarity that listeners perceive between themselves and the fictional
characters of the Hippo tapes are projected, first onto a relationship with fellow
chapter members, and then onto an identification with Hippo Family Club members
and other cosmopolitan figures who are imagined to exist in distant parts of the world(see section 6.3).
Members of Hippo Family Club can imagine a relationship with other clubmembers by a process similar to the one Benedict Anderson sees at work in theconstruction of nationalism: an image of “simultaneity in 'homogeneous empty time'”(Anderson 1983: 31). For Anderson, this perception of simultaneity is provided byprint capitalism. Individuals see characters in a novel or figures in a newspaper thatare connected by virtue of being present on the same page. In parallel fashion, they
imagine themselves to be connected to fellow citizens of the nation-state by virtue ofbeing present in the same society, effected by the same events the newspapers
describe. Experience with texts also allows members of Hippo Family Club toimagine a connection with other club members, though in a somewhat different way.
Every week, a club member meets and interacts with other members of her own
chapter. During these meetings, she also reinforces her identification with thecharacters in the Hippo stories by repeatedly listening to the narratives. In turn, she
imagines thousands of other people at other meetings in other places engaging in

198
similar activities and having similar thoughts. The similarity between the individual
member and the narrative’s protagonists is projected onto the relationship with copresent club members. This relationship is then understood to obtain between all
members of the club, wherever they may be.
With this theoretical background in mind, let us turn to the analysis of data. In
section 6.2 I analyze segments of the Hippo tapes Hippo Goes Overseas andMultilingual Friends Around the World!, arguing that the idealized image of Hippo
Family Club membership and the schematic descriptions of the stories' characters
invite listeners to identify themselves with the club. I then examine actual clubmembers' speeches at weekly meetings that are based closely on the content of theserecordings. The reproduction and adaptation of the content of club recordings inmembers' introductions of themselves strengthens their identification with the cluband allows them to see themselves as part of a transnational group.
6.2. The Hippo Tapes
The audio recordings that form one of the basic building blocks of Hippo language
learning present an idealized image of Hippo Family Club members meeting andinteracting with people in different parts of the world. Two sets of recordings werecommonly used in nearly every chapter I visited. In Hippo Goes Overseas (Hippo
Family Club 1985), twelve year old Sonoko Ogura goes to America where she spends
the summer with the Brown family and participates in 4-H activities. Multilingual
Friends Around the World! (LEX Institute 2006) recounts Ichiro Kihara’s year at

199'Wisconsin High School' and subsequent trips to Singapore for the wedding ofclassmate Li mei, and to Mexico for a Hippo Transnational Camp, as well as a visit toJapan from Ichiro’s classmate, Sang-woo Park, from Korea. Both stories present animage of an ideal Hippo world, where club members travel abroad, make friends, andcommunicate in the local languages of the areas they visit. Also in each story is animage of Hippo Family Club itself constantly growing to include an ever increasing
membership and more chapters in different parts of the world. This image of Hippo
Family Club as attractive and well-connected and of its members as confident,
successful, and happy provides listeners with a model for how to think about theirown club experiences.
Although talk at Hippo Family Club and LEX Language Project meetings
features a good deal of meta-discourse including talk about the Hippo tapes, very
little of this relates explicitly to the events of the narratives. Occasionally elementaryschool aged boys and girls in Japan would quiz other chapter members on minutedetails of the recordings, such as “How old is Ichiro?” Such quizzes were a way forchildren to hold the floor for longer periods of time during the 'talking time' portion of
meetings, or to get the floor when they were bored with other activities. Outside ofthese quizzes, however, the content of the stories is seldom discussed overtly. For
example, the names “Sonoko” or “Ichiro” do not show up in some six hours ofinterviews I recorded with club members in Japan and the US, despite approximately
thirty mentions of “CDs” or “tapes.”200
Nevertheless, the stories told in the recordings have unmistakable resonanceswith members’ talk. For example, the “surprised by competence” narrative patterndiscussed in Chapter 3 finds parallels in both stories. As described in Chapter 3,
members often tell of doubting their own linguistic competence, and being pleasantly
surprised at their ability to communicate with foreign guests or hosts. In the following
scripted excerpt from Multilingual Friends Around the World!, the central
protagonist, Ichiro, displays similar doubt in his own speaking ability, only to bepleasantly surprised by his eventual success. (Excerpts from Multilingual Friends
Around the World! are presented in the written form given in small paperback books
that accompany the CDs.)
Excerpt 6.1. On the School Bus (MFAW Engl 02)
IchiroStudent A
Student B
Student A
IchiroMark
IchiroMark
IchiroMark
IchiroMark
IchiroMark

I just hope this is the right bus.
Who’s he?
I don’t know. He looks Asian.
Japanese? Korean? Chinese, maybe? Must be an exchange student.
Ah, they’re looking at me... they’re saying something. Geez, they’re
all so big. They make me nervous.
Hi! Okay if I sit here?
Uh, hi. S-sure.
Thanks.
Are you an exchange student? Where are you from?
Um, Japan.
Whoa! Japan!
Then I guess you can do Judo.
Huh? Judo?
No, not really.
What? You don’t?
Well, anyway, do you like soccer?
Yes, but I’m not very good.
That’s no problem!
I’m on the soccer team, myself. If you want, come on down andcheck out our practice after class today.

201
IchiroMark
IchiroMark
IchiroMark

IchiroReally? Is that okay?
Of course!
I’m Mark. Glad to meet you.
Uh, I’m Ichiro. Glad to meet you too.
Hey, you see that guy in the yellow cap sitting in the back? He’s on
the soccer team too. His name’s Sang-woo and he’s from Korea. Thisis his second year here.
Oh really?
I’ll introduce you to Sang-woo too, later on.
Well, here we are at school. So see you on the soccer field after
school.
If you have any questions about anything, just ask, okay?
Okay! Thanks.
Wow, he understood my English! And I even made a friend. All
right!

At the beginning of this episode Ichiro is “nervous” about being in America, anervousness he attributes to both the behavior (They’re looking at me... they’re saying
something) and the physical strangeness of the people around him (Geez, they’re allso big). The lack of fluency suggested by both the discourse marker uh and Ichiro's
stutter-like restart (Uh, hi. S-sure) both suggest that Ichiro’s unease is at least partly
attributable to language insecurity. Note that this disfluency must be written into thescript; it is performed by the voice actors in the way that the written version suggests.
Ichiro continues to produce non-lexical discourse markers at the beginning of his next
two utterances. Eventually, though, he produces a complete sentence with no nonlexical elements (Yes, but I'm not very good), as one might expect in careful speech.
This utterance occurs after Mark has suggested that Ichiro must know judo and might
enjoy soccer, two activities that require practice to attain competence and skill. While
LEX discourses deny that teachers or tests are necessary to language learning, manymembers note that mastery requires a good deal of time and that Hippo’s leisurely

202
approach is both pleasant and effective. For example, at a kouenkai (public lecture
meeting) in eastern Japan the member who delivered the lecture described one of thepositive values of Hippo activities as “goyukkuri mi ni tsuku” (mastering slowly).
Since language learning is viewed as a pleasurable activity that requires practice andthe commitment of time to master, Mark and Ichiro’s talk about sports can be seen as
allusion to a similar activity.
When Ichiro downplays his ability to play soccer, Mark insists That’s no
problem! and uses his description of the soccer team to highlight the relationship thatexists between himself and another student, Sang-woo. In addition to athletic ability,
soccer practice provides an opportunity for socialization and the formation offriendships, again tying in with Hippo activities. The parallel between learned
abilities and interpersonal relationships is reinforced, and made explicit to language
ability, at line 38 when Ichiro declares, He understood my English, and I even made afriend. This coda (Labov & Waletzky 1967) shifts the recording from a dyadic
conversation between Mark and Ichiro to a narrative in which Ichiro addresses theCD’s listeners directly. It also functions much like the resolution of the typical“surprised by competence” narrative, in which the narrator is pleasantly surprised byhis or her own ability to understand and be understood in the majority language of thehost culture.
The “surprised by competence” genre also appears on the recording Hippo
Goes Overseas. In excerpt 6.2, Sonoko has just arrived at the airport and worries
about speaking with her American hosts. As with excerpt 6.1, the protagonist displays

203
some difficulty at the beginning of the exchange, but is able to communicate fluently
by the end. (Since no book was available at the time these materials were prepared,
excerpts from Hippo Goes Overseas are transcribed by the researcher from the audio
CDs. Like Multilingual Friends Around the World!, the content of Hippo Goes
Overseas is scripted and professionally recorded.)
Excerpt 6.2. At the Airport (HGO Engl 04)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Sonoko:Mom:
Sonoko:Mom:
Sonoko:Mom:
Sonoko:Mom:
Sonoko:Janet:
Sonoko.
Janet:
Dave:
Sonoko:Dave:
Sonoko:Connie:Sonoko:What should I say first? Guess I should say,
'Hajimemashite.' Isn't 'Konnichiha' enough? Or should I
say, 'Douzou, yoroshiku'? Oh I get all mixed up. I'll justremember one phrase. 'How do you do?' 'How do you do.'Look at all the Americans. Oh gosh this suitcase is sureheavy.
Sonoko.
Huh? Is someone really calling me? My goodness. Hey look,my name is on that placard over there. I'd better go andsee.
So you are Sonoko. You look just like your picture. We'reso happy.
Excuse me but would you please speak more slowly?
Oh, sorry. <You are Sonoko. You look just like yourpicture. We're so happy to have you.↑ Did you have a goodflight? Are you tired?>Yes, yes.
This is Janet, Sonoko. And this is Dave, and Connie.
You are Janet? You don't look at all like your picture.
Now I see why. You had you're hair cut didn't you.
Yeah, I did.
It's pretty.
Thank you.
Is this your suitcase?
Yes.
Okay. Let's go.
Hello Connie. She is so cute.
Mommy, I wanna go home now.
Oh she speaks very good English. But then, after all, I
guess she should speak English, since she's an American
child.

Hippo Goes Overseas starts with an exchange of letters between Sonoko and Janet
Brown, her American host and age-mate. Track 4, transcribed here, is the first trackthat represents spoken language, though obviously both those tracks representing

204
written language and those representing speech are delivered aurally on the CDs. As
in Multilingual Friends Around the World!, the protagonist betrays linguistic uneaseat her first meeting with Americans, illustrated by her rehearsal of possible greetings(lines 1-4) and her request that her host mother speak more slowly (line 13).
Nevertheless, Sonoko produces a relatively long utterance at line 19, consisting offour sentences that develop a single topic: Janet does not look like the picture
included in her letter because she has cut her hair. In fact, all of the sentences
produced by the American characters are simple sentences with a single subject and asingle verb phrase. Sonoko herself produces the most complex syntactic constructionsin the passage, with a short conjoined sentence at line 13 (Excuse me but would you
speak more slowly?), a tag question at line 20 (You had your hair cut didn’t you) andeven a relative clause at lines 29-31 (I guess she should speak English, since she’s an
American child) in what presumably represents internal monologue.
In excerpt 6.3, from a later track on Hippo Goes Overseas, Sonoko again
shows some disfluency or unease in the first several seconds of the exchange. As theexchange continues, she is able to communicate with no difficulty. At the end of the
track, Sonoko evaluates her own linguistic performance during her first day in
America positively.
Excerpt 6.3. Giving Presents (HGO Engl 09)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Sonoko: Maybe this is the time to give everyone their gifts while
they're all here together.
Ahem °ahem.° Er- Everybody? Presents from Japan for you.
Connie: Oh goodie.
Sonoko: Daddy, this is for you. It is Kakejiku. My grandpa made it.
He teaches calligraphy.
Daddy: What does it say, Sonoko?

205
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

Sonoko: Yuujou means friendship.
Daddy: Oh, friendship. Sukiyaki. Great.
Let's see, shall I hang it here?
Mom:
Look. What do you think it is?
Sonoko: That's your gift Mom. It is called furoshiki. It's a cloth
to carry things with.
Mom:
Oh really? How do you use it?
Sonoko: Oh. Let me see. Like this.
Mom:Okay, I understand now.
Sonoko: Here, this is for you, Janet.
Janet: What could this be?
Ah! It's a t-shirt like the one you're wearing, Sonoko.
Sonoko: Yes it is. Do you like it?
Janet: Oh yes.
Sonoko: Try it on.
Janet: Look. It fits perfectly. I love it.
Dave:Hey. You look like twins.
(music 4.8)
Mom:
Okay everyone. It's getting late. Thank Sonoko for the
lovely gifts now and get to bed.
Janet: [Okay Mom. Thank you Sonoko.]
Dave: [Okay Mom. Thank you Sonoko.]
Sonoko: You're welcome. I'm very glad that you like them.
Janet: [Goodnight Daddy. And goodnight Mommy.]
Dave: [Goodnight Daddy. And goodnight Mommy.]

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

Mom:
[Goodnight children.]Daddy: [Goodnight children.] Sleep tight.
(Music 18.0)
Sonoko: This bed is so soft and comfortable. Even though I
completely forgot to say 'How do you do?' They could
understand my English.
Good for me. Good for me. Through sunshine and showers.
U:ah ah. Oh I'm sleepy. U:a °ua°

This vignette, track nine on the CD, occurs after tracks showing Sonoko’s trip to herhost family’s home, her introduction to the house, and family dinner together.
Nonetheless, at the start of this track Sonoko evinces insecurity again when she seizes
the floor and puts herself at the center of attention in order to distribute presents to herhosts. At line 3, she produces first two calls for attention, the second notably quieter
than the first, and then what is either a vocalized pause or a stuttering false start on
the word everyone.33 She then proceeds with a fluent discourse in which she uses
33

The corresponding line on the Japanese version of this track is more obviously a filled pause: E- e-,minasan? (Um, um, everyone?)

206
Japanese words to name the gifts she has brought (lines 5, 8, and 12) amid otherwise
standard English.
In line 9 of excerpt 6.3, Daddy joins Sonoko in producing Japanese words.
Somewhat inexplicably he proclaims of his gift, Oh, friendship. Sukiyaki. Great. On
numerous occasions Japanese members of Hippo Family Club have asked me why I
think Daddy uses the word sukiyaki, which is the name of a Japanese dish consistingof beef and vegetables. I note that the same word is used in the Japanese version of
the story (Oh, furendoshippu. Sukiyaki. Kore wa ii). I speculate that sukiyaki is one ofa few Japanese words that, at least stereotypically, Americans might be expected toknow. “Sukiyaki” was – for equally opaque reasons – the name given to singer Kyu
Sakamoto’s Ue o muite arukō upon its 1963 release in Great Britain and the UnitedStates. Although the Japanese love song has nothing to do with the dish, Pye Records
in Britain, and then Capitol Records in the US, named the record with a recognizably
Japanese word (Bronson 2003).
Apart from this handful of Japanese lexical items, Sonoko produces the rest of
her utterances in fluent, native-like English that is not otherwise distinguished fromthat of the American characters in the vignette. At the end of the track (lines 36-38)
Sonoko summarizes her experiences: Even though I completely forgot to say ‘How do
you do?’ they could understand my English. Like Ichiro above, and like actual
members’ narratives in the “surprised by competence” genre, Sonoko finds that she isable to communicate despite her initial discomfort. She ends by explicitly evaluating
her performance before yawning and falling asleep: Good for me. Good for me.

207
The thirty-two tracks of Hippo Goes Overseas follow Sonoko through her stayin America: She eats American food, goes to the 4-H fair, goes shopping, plays with
Janet and her friends, and meets the Brown children’s grandparents. Eventually she
must pack to go home, and shares a tearful goodbye with Janet, who promises to visit
her in Japan. Given the pedestrian nature of these activities, it is extremely easy to
imagine oneself having similar experiences. Furthermore, there are sprinkled
throughout the tracks repeated mentions of the fact that Sonoko is a member of a
Hippo Family Club, including a letter she receives from the facilitator of her club inTokyo, and a scene in which she teaches Janet and her friends some SADA activities.
In this way, the story invites listeners who are also members of Hippo clubs to
identify with Sonoko. Both Sonoko and the listeners are members of the same club;
both speak foreign languages with some difficulty or trepidation; both engage in thesame workaday activities such as eating, sleeping, shopping, and using the toilet, allof which are included in the narrative.
The highlighting of similarities without attention to specific differences seenin Hippo Goes Overseas is what Bucholtz and Hall (2004b) term adequation, a basic
process in identity formation. Individuals are able to see themselves as members of
the same group by focusing on the qualities that they share and downplaying or
ignoring any differences among individuals. By presenting Sonoko as a typical Hippo
Family Club member in many respects, and presenting a schematic, generic sense ofher other qualities, the recordings make it very easy for club members to identify withher. Furthermore, at weekly Hippo meetings, members all join together to recite and208listen to the story together, allowing them to identify not only with Sonoko, but alsowith their co-present fellow club members, who similarly identify with her.
The use of kinship terms in the narrative, and its resemblance to the use ofsimilar terms by club members, is also notable. In excerpt 6.3, Sonoko addresses her
adult hosts as “Daddy” and “Mom,” using the same kinship terms that their children,
Janet and Dave, use to address them. When Mom introduces herself to Sonoko inexcerpt 6.2, above, she does not give her name or suggest any term of address forherself, even as she introduces Janet, Connie, and Dave by name. Except for a single
sentence in track seven of the thirty-two-track CD, where Mom uses the name “Alex”
to address her partner, these characters are called Daddy and Mom. This use ofkinship terms is reminiscent of the use of phrases such as “host mother” and “hostfather” as terms of reference in Hippo Family Club members' self-introductions andother talk during chapter meetings, as discussed in Chapter One.
From the beginning of Hippo Goes Overseas Sonoko integrates herself into
the Brown family, identifying in particular with Janet. This process begins before thegirls ever meet. In the first track of the story Janet writes a letter to Sonoko in which
she tells her, “I’m twelve years old and my birthday is April twentieth.” In the next
track, Sonoko writes back and tells Janet, “I’m twelve years old, same as you.” Theprocess of identification begins by noting and emphasizing similarities. Once she
arrives in America Sonoko lives as a member of the family, calling her hosts Mom
and Daddy, and calling the children by their given names, just as Janet does. The two
girls are constantly depicted together, and they participate in the same activities such

209
as sewing a dress for display at the 4-H fair. In the end, however, Sonoko returns toTokyo and it is her mother who provides the recording’s final words in a track called“A letter from Kanoko.” Kanoko, Sonoko’s mother, writes to Mr. and Mrs. Brown,“We would like to express our hearty appreciation to you for your warm and kind
hospitality for my daughter Sonoko.” The first person plural pronouns emphasize
Sonoko’s reintegration with her mother, and establish the Brown family as providersof hospitality rather than kin. Kanoko then offers to return the favor: “We are hopingthat Janet will be able to come and visit with our family next year.”Club members who have traveled abroad display a similar level ofidentification with their host families as that seen in the recording. Individuals I haveinterviewed or spoken with at chapter meetings often refer to their hosts with kinshipterms, but these terms are generally marked with the modifier hosuto or 'host.' For
example, when I interviewed Cory, a member of a LEX Language Project chapter in
Massachusetts, she described a reunion in the US with her former host sister fromJapan.
Interview with Cory, 3 March 2009
CORY: I've had Japanese guests (three/a few) times. Oneof them was my uh host sister. teenager. And she wasover here doing her year in Virginia.
CDN: mm hm
CORY: And so I sent her a ticket said "Come on up. to
Boston, I'll give you fish." [CDN: h] She was losin her
mind about the steak.

Cory, who is in her fifties, refers to “my host sister,” who she further describes as“teenager.” The relationship Cory feels toward her host sister is described not in terms

210
of joint action or mutual affection, but as a return of hospitality (I sent her a ticket. [I]said, “I’ll give you fish”). This seems to suggest that the kinship terms used reflect
not an identification with hosts as kin but simply as hosts, and possibly as fellow
Hippo participants.
As Sonoko's experiences in Hippo Goes Overseas invite Hippo Family Club
members to identify with her and with the club, so does the story told in Multilingual
Friends Around the World! Where Sonoko takes a single trip to a place called only
“America,” the protagonist of Multilingual Friends Around the World!, Ichiro, ismuch more widely traveled. The narrative begins in media res with Ichiro and his
friends Sang-woo from Korea and Li mei from Singapore traveling to Mexico. We are
told that they met as students in Wisconsin. Eight tracks on the CD then describe
some highlights of Ichiro’s experience in the US. Ichiro meets Sang-woo, Li mei,
local student Mark (see excerpt 6.1, above), and Belinda from Mexico. Other tracks
show Ichiro’s first day of school, seeing an American football game, doing poorly ona test, and taking Belinda to the Prom. These experiences are somewhat more varied
and more specific than those of Sonoko, yet by constantly emphasizing the idea that
his membership in Hippo has made the experience possible, Hippo members are still
invited to identify with Ichiro.
Compared to Sonoko’s experiences in Hippo Goes Overseas, Ichiro's
experiences in Multilingual Friends Around the World! are relatively extraordinary.
There is much more international travel; in addition to Ichiro attending Wisconsin
High School, Sang-woo comes to Japan to meet Ichiro, and then the two of them211
travel to Singapore to attend Li mei’s wedding. In the final four tracks of the CD,
Ichiro, Sang-woo, and Li mei travel to Mexico together to attend a “Transnational
Camp” where they are reunited with Belinda and Mark. Where Hippo Goes Overseas
shows a single trip made more identifiable by highlighting everyday experiences, inMultilingual Friends Around the World! Ichiro travels to three distant locales, andhosts one friend from abroad. The activities highlighted include some special events
such as the first day of school, a prom, and a wedding. The narrative suggests thatextraordinary activities are nonetheless accessible, and that membership in Hippo
Family Club facilitates access to them.
Excerpt 6.4, track four from the scripted CD, show's Ichiro's introduction tohis classmates during his first day at Wisconsin High School. When he is asked to
introduce himself, Ichiro mentions that he is a member of Hippo Family Club. His
teacher then professes an interest in the club, and his fellow students are fascinated byhis description of it. All of this makes club membership seem particularly valuable
and appealing.
Excerpt 6.4. The Exchange Student Orientation (MFAW Engl 04)
Myers:

Hello, everyone. My name is Mrs. Nancy Myers.
We’ll now begin the orientation for exchange students.
Here at Wisconsin High School we have exchange students from allover the world.
How many countries do you suppose are represented right here in thisclassroom today? Let’s see... Germany, Mexico, Korea, Brazil, Japan,
Russia, China... and Turkey, right? That’s eight countries, isn’t it.
So to start things off, I’d like each of you to introduce yourself.
Belinda Castillo, could you go first?

Belinda: Hi, Everybody.

212
My name is Belinda Castillo and I’m from Mexico.
I live in Mexico City, the capital.
My hobbies are watching movies, listening to music, and reading.
There are five people in my family: my parents, my two sisters andme.
I look forward to getting to know all of you this year.
Myers:

Thank you, Belinda.
Okay, who’s next?
Sang-woo Park, how about you?
((twelve lines omitted))
Myers: All right, Ichiro Kihara, how about you?
Ichiro:Hi, everybody. I’m Ichiro Kihara.
I’m from Japan.
I’m a member of the Hippo Family Club there.
It’s a club where you can learn lots of languages naturally with yourfriends.

Myers:

What? You say you’re a member of Hippo?
I read a Hippo book about math called "Who is Fourier?".
Ichiro, why don’t you tell us a little bit about Hippo?

Ichiro:Sure, I’d be happy to!
At Hippo, we learn languages the fun way, without studying.
If you’re wondering how we do that, think of the way a little baby
learns its first language. First, we create an environment where we canhear other languages.
We listen to recordings of stories in various languages while we’re athome or in our car, or wherever.
And we get together with our families and friends of all different ages.
We sing, dance and play games together.
It’s great fun to sing the sounds.

Belinda: Sing sounds, you say? So you like karaoke, too?
Ichiro:No, that’s not what I mean.
When we mimic a story, we try to catch the natural melody and rhythmof the language, as if we were singing a song.
At Hippo we call that "singing the sounds."
Even when you find it hard to sing something by yourself, it’s easy andfun if you do it with other people.

Belinda: Hmm, that does sound interesting.

213
Ichiro: We also have exchange programs with people from all over the world.
((continues for 23 lines))
In this track, Belinda, Sang-woo, and Ichiro are each asked to introduce themselves totheir fellow exchange students. Belinda holds the floor through six sentences in which
she introduces her hometown, hobbies, and family members. In a portion omitted
here, Sang-woo holds the floor for about the same amount of time as he introduces his
hometown and hobbies. In contrast, Ichiro introduces only the country, not the city of
his origin and his interest in Hippo Family Club. At this the teacher, Mrs. Myers,
professes an interest in Hippo and asks Ichiro to speak more about it. Ichiro’s
discussion of Hippo activities is about five times as long as Belinda or Sang-woo’s
self-introductions (additional talk about the home-stay program and LEX publications
is omitted from the excerpt). In addition, both Mrs. Myers and Belinda help coconstruct the discourse with questions and appreciations.
Ichiro is able to speak more voluminously than any other speaker in thisexcerpt because he assumes an authority to speak and to impose reception. Thisauthority to speak is what Pierre Bourdieu terms expanded competence (1977a: 646).
Not only is Ichiro able to produce grammatical utterances – the traditional sense ofcompetence in theoretical linguistics – but he is also able to command the attention of
the group. This latter ability comes both from the interactional setting and from
Ichiro's acquired knowledge and abilities, his symbolic capital (Bourdieu 1977a:
646). In terms of interaction, Ichiro repeatedly takes the floor in response to questions
from Mrs. Meyers and from Belinda. He then holds the floor by constructing

214
narratives or other tellings (Schegloff 2003) that respond to his audiences'
expectations. In terms of symbolic capital, Ichiro's talk is relaxed and easy. He shows
no disfluency; he uses complex syntactic structures, and (contrary to excerpt 6.1) hebetrays no insecurity about his own language ability. This relaxed ability is what
Bourdieu calls “the hallmark of distinction” (1977a: 659) that characterizes the
speech of members of the dominant classes. Unlike second language speakers, or
those whose language varieties mark them as members of undervalued groups within
their society, members of the dominant classes are able to speak prestige dialects
without self-consciousness or obvious effort, thereby securing their dominantpositions. Even though the character Ichiro has recently arrived in Wisconsin from
Yokohama, his relaxed production of standard American English gives him a positionof distinction.
Where Sonoko’s story in Hippo Goes Overseas invites members to identify
with her and with Hippo by highlighting mundane activities common in all of theareas where the club operates, Ichiro’s experiences suggest to members that theirHippo identity is valuable and desirable. The tactic of adequation, the emphasis ofshared characteristics, is especially visible in Sonoko’s story, while the tactic of
distinction, the emphasis of difference, is equally highlighted in Ichiro’s. In Hippo
Goes Overseas, Sonoko overcomes her initial unease at speaking English whileinteracting with her host family in everyday activities such as eating, shopping, andpacking. In Multilingual Friends Around the World!, Ichiro attends a prom, awedding, and an international meeting of Hippo members in countries around the215
world, while constantly reminding listeners that these extraordinary experiences are
facilitated by membership in Hippo Family Club. The qualities that make Ichiro
special are therefore available to anyone who would become a Hippo club member.
Indeed, by the end of the story Sang-woo and Belinda have joined local Hippo Family
Club chapters in Korea and Mexico, and Mark and his sister Michelle vow to
introduce Hippo activities in Wisconsin.
Excerpt 6.5. Night at the Camp (MFAW Engl 26)
Belinda: Michelle and Mark, why don’t you join Hippo when you get back
home?
Mark:
Huh? But there’s no Hippo club in Wisconsin.
Sang-woo: So you could start one yourselves!
Michelle: But we don’t know anything about it!
Belinda: You’ll be fine! I’ll go help you out.
Ichiro:We'll go too!
Sang-woo:
Belinda: Hey, then we can all meet again!
Mark:
Well, if you all show up, maybe we really could do it, huh?
Michelle: That would be so cool if you all came to help out!
Mark:
All right then, we can start with our family.
Li mei: That’s right, and then little by little you can introduce Hippo to yourfriends and neighbors.
Michelle: Then it’s settled! We’ll get started as soon as we get back to the States!
Wow, I’m so excited!
Like membership in a religious group or a fraternal organization, Hippo Family Club
imbues its members with a distinct identity that promises specific advantages, yetmembership is available to anyone who chooses to pursue it.
If the Hippo tapes promise membership in a transnational family, speechesdelivered by club members at weekly meetings suggest that they accept the promised
position. The following examples of jikoshokai (self-introduction) speeches delivered

216
by club members at weekly meetings of Karagoku Family in Japan are closelymodeled on two tracks from the recording Hippo Goes Overseas in which Janet andSonoko introduce themselves.
Excerpt 6.6 presents the second track of the recording, Hippo Goes Overseas.
In this track, called “A Letter from Janet,” Janet Brown introduces herself and herfamily in a letter to Sonoko Ogura, the Hippo Family Club member who will soon
visit the family. Again, the excerpt is transcribed from the commercial audio CD.

Excerpt 6.6. A Letter from Janet (HGO Engl 02)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

May fifteenth, nineteen eighty two.
Dear Sonoko((music 0.4))
Hi Sonoko.
I'm Janet Brown.
I'm twelve years old, and my birthday is April twentieth.
I'm sending you a picture of me.
I'm glad that you are coming to stay with us during this summer.
It will be lo:ts of fun.
I like swimming,and also sewing, cooking, and drawing.
My family members are my dad, my mom, an older sister Cynthia,
my older brother Terry,
younger brother David,
and sister Connie.
We have cows, horses, sheep, pigs, chickens, cats and a dog.
I have my own cow named Blackie,
and my own bird named Pretty Baby Bluebird.
We are a:ll waiting for you.
Yours,
Janet.
((music 5.2))

After the title of the story is presented in track one, track two is the first to advancethe recording’s narrative. Although it is an audio recording, the track represents
written communication via its title, “A Letter from Janet,” and the presence of a

217
single voice on the track. While music plays under the speaking voice, there are noother sounds that could be considered part of the track’s narrative events. Janet first
gives her name (line 5), then her age and birthday (6). She lists her hobbies (10-11),
the members of her family (12-15), and some salient information about her household– specifically, the presence of various livestock on what is presumably a farm (lines
16-18). Janet then closes with a personal wish (We are all waiting for you, line 19)
and then a formulaic closing (20-21). The letter from Janet serves as a prototype forjikoshoukai (self-introductions) at weekly Hippo meetings.
Excerpt 6.7 comes from a weekly Karagoku Family meeting, which I video
recorded during participant observation in 2006. In this excerpt, ten-year-old Ryo lists
the members of his family and his hobbies, much as Janet does in the fictional story.
Ryo speaks Spanish in this excerpt. English translations are provided in double
parenthesis, within single quotes. See Appendix A for full transcription conventions.
Excerpt 6.7. FC002 18:39 (21 February 2006)
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
62
63
64
65
66

Ryo
mi famila(('my family'))
Tanaka mi famila(('my family'))Ryo
es formada . >padre, madre,< ((points to each family
member)) mi hermano m:enor? ((looks at Sky))(('Is formed . father, mother, my younger? brother'))Sky[hermano menor ((looks at Tanaka-papa)) menor(('younger brotheryounger'))
Tanaka [hermano major a- menor (('older brother oh- younger'))Skyy ((looks at album))(('and'))Ryo>K--, S--<((16 lines omitted from transcript))Ryoa mi me gusta, tocar piano, (('I like to play piano'))Tanaka [piano,(('piano'))
Ryo
[ski,
(('ski'))Tankaski(('ski'))Ryofutbol,(('soccer'))

218
Ryo lists the members of his family (lines 38-45), much as Janet does in the story.
(My family is composed [of my] father, mother, younger brother K [and] S.) There aresome grammatical idiosyncrasies in Ryo's second-language speech, such as theabsence of plural marking or a coordinating conjunction, but these are not treated as
significant by the other members of the club. There is some discussion of linguistic
form as Ryo, Sky, and Tanaka-papa negotiate over the correct Spanish phrase for“younger brothers” for the next sixteen lines, omitted from this excerpt. (This metadiscussion is initiated by Tanaka-papa's “hermano major a- menor” (older brother ohyounger) at line 43.) Then at lines 62-66 Ryo lists his favorite activities. Again, Ryo's
speech is clearly modeled on Janet's introduction of her own hobbies as seen inexcerpt 6.6, lines 10-11.
Excerpt 6.8 shows another self-introduction at Karagoku Family, again closelymodeled on “A Letter from Janet” on the recording Hippo Goes Overseas. In Excerpt
6.8, recorded at Karagoku Family in March of 2006, a few weeks after the exchange
shown in excerpt 6.7, five-year-old Taro-kun introduces himself. You may recall from
Chapter Three that Taro-kun regularly introduces himself in English, and that herelies on help from his mother, Mikan, as well as other club members to help him
recall the content of his speech. All of the members of the club are familiar with thiscontent, not only because it is well-rehearsed at weekly meetings, but also because it
closely resembles “A Letter from Janet” and other self-introductions modeled on the
CD.

219
Excerpt 6.8. Taro-kun jikoshoukai. 24 March 2006
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Taro
My name is T-- H--.
Tanaka Yeah.
Taro
My nickname, Taro-kun.
Tanaka [Yeah.
Sky[Yeah.
Taro
Please call me Taro-kun.
ALL
TARO-KUN
Taro
My birthday
(2.2)
Mikan
°September°
Taro
September
Mikan°°ninth°°Taroninth,(3.0)((Mikan holds up five fingers))
(1.8)
Mikan
(unintelligible – may have silently mouthed words)
Tarofive years old.
Tanaka Yeah.
Sky
mmTanaka (oh/old)(1.6) ((Mikan turns page of kamishibai))Taro
I live in
Tanaka Sí((Spanish: 'yes'))
Tanaka °Osaka prefecture°Hiro(unintelligible)
Tanaka Sou iu ka.
(('Does (he) say it like that?'))Tanaka K-- [city,
Taro[K-- [s:
Sky
[city
Taro
city,
Sky
K-- cho,Taro
K-- cho,
Sky
near,
Taro
near,
Sky
Makudonarudo(('McDonald's restaurant'))
Taro
McDonalds.
Sky[(laughs and claps hands)
Tanaka [McDONalds((all clap and laugh for about 5 seconds))
Taro
I likeTanaka I [likeTaro[Thomas.
Tanaka [THOMas
Sky[ThomasTanaka yeah.
Taro
I want to go England.
Tanaka yeah.
Taro
I want to meet (3.0)
TaroThomas.
Tanaka Yeah.
Sky°I want to go with you.°

220
53
54

Tanaka (laughs)
Taro
Nice to meet you.

Like Janet's introduction shown in excerpt 6.6, Taro-kun starts by giving his name(line 1) and then in a portion of the weekly jikoshoukai ritual that departs slightly
from the recordings, asks to be called by his club nickname (3-7). Again like Janet,
Taro-kun gives his age and his birthday (lines 8-18). Where Janet started with her age,Taro-kun at first gives only his birthday. His mother Mikan, who helped him withboth English words September and ninth, reminds him to include his age by holding
up five fingers (line 15) and perhaps also helping him remember the word in English,
though it is not clear in the video recording exactly what she is saying at this point.
Taro-kun gives salient information about his home (lines 29-37) much as Janetdoes. Where the farm-dwelling Janet lists her livestock, though, the town-dwelling
Taro-kun gives his city and ward name, and the house’s proximity to a McDonald’s
restaurant. This recitation is quite routine, repeated in roughly the same form eachweek. The fact that Taro-kun pronounces McDonald’s in a more English-like way
than does Sky in her prompt occasions a good deal of laughter and other appreciationfrom his audience (38-40). Finally, at line 54, Taro-kun closes with a formulaic phrase
as Janet had done. Where Janet’s Yours, Janet is appropriate for a letter, Taro-kun’s
Nice to meet you is appropriate to a spoken introduction.
As excerpts 6.7 and 6.8 suggest, some of the talk during weekly meetings ismodeled on the content of the LEX audio recordings. This enhances the opportunity
for members to identify with the characters in the narratives presented in therecordings; both the characters and the members at weekly meetings produce the221same type of discourse. Similarities are highlighted by sticking closely to generic
expectations for self-introductions. Specific differences are not treated as significant.
For example, although Taro-kun produces long pauses, including pauses at places
where transition to another speaker would be appropriate (e.g. lines 14, 22), no otherclub member attempts to take the floor. Despite frequent minimal responses and evenco-construction by others, Taro-kun’s introduction is treated as if it were monologic
discourse, as Janet’s is. Thus, through the process of adequation Taro-kun is identified
with Janet and Sonoko as a Hippo club member.
Furthermore, this Hippo identity is ascribed not only to Taro-kun, but also to
Ryo (excerpt 6.7) and to all members of the local chapter. Each in turn holds thefloor; each in turn produces some speech that is viewed as adequately Hippo, or elseis encouraged to add to the speech until it is adequate, as I was during my first few
meetings (Chapter 1). We now have two different levels of identification:
identification with the fictional protagonists, and identification with fellow chapter
members who are also identified with those protagonists. Members also know, bothfrom the ideal Hippo world depicted in the recordings, and from the testimony offellow club members, that Hippo meetings are going on in other places at the sametime. Through simultaneity and adequation of club practices, the individual canidentify with a broad world of fellow Hippo members. Like a fractal, a similar pattern
can be seen at different scales, with minor differences merely adding to theappreciation, not disrupting the sense of self-similarity.

222
6.3. The construction of cosmopolitan citizenship
Repetition of narratives from the Hippo recordings at local Hippo chapter
meetings encourages individuals to identify not only with the characters described in
the stories but also with their fellow club members, with whom they share thenarratives. This shift from envisioning similarities with the fictional characters toseeing similarities with fellow club members then becomes available for a further
shift, to imagining “horizontal comradeship” (Anderson 1983) with members of other
Hippo Family Club or LEX Language Project chapters all over the world.
As nationalism is imagined as a relationship with fellow citizens of the nationstate, cosmopolitan citizenship is imagined as a relationship with fellow clubmembers that transcends states, borders, and cultures. As members come to seethemselves as part of the club, and to see the club as transnational, they see
themselves as cosmopolitan by virtue of membership.
Ulf Hannerz (1996) defines the cosmopolitan as one who is willing to engage
with others across cultural and geographic boundaries. The cosmopolitan not only
travels to various locales distant from home, but seeks to know the cultures of theseplaces. Cosmopolitans regard cultures both with the eye of a connoisseur and that of a
critic. Foreign cultures are consumed and enjoyed as proof of one's own cosmopolitan
status, but at the same time the cosmopolitan crucially develops a competence inunderstanding cultural practices so as to immerse herself or himself in them.
Cosmopolitans share a “culture of critical discourse” (Hannerz 1996: 107), a reflexive
orientation toward the discourses of cultural meaning. Where locals understand their

223
own cultures implicitly as common sense, cosmopolitans strive for an explicit
understanding of diverse norms for interaction and communication in order to master
them.
Hannerz distinguishes the cosmopolitan from the tourist or the refugee. Where
cosmopolitans seek to understand distinct cultural and communicative practices,
tourists generally seek “home plus” (Hannerz 1996: 104). That is, the tourist wishes
to experience the cultural practices of home – speaking the language of home, eating
familiar foods, engaging in familiar leisure activities – amid natural pluses such as
sunshine and beaches, or the cultural pluses of local color, displays of 'tradition'
experienced from outside. Hannerz suggests that some refugees also seek the cultureof home with the pluses of safety and security, or in the case of economic migrants,
higher income. These refugees or migrants surround themselves with the language
and other cultural practices of home by forming enclaves with fellow refugees.
Are Hippos, then, cosmopolitans in Hannerz's sense, or are they merely
tourists? Like tourists Hippo Family Club members may bring elements their own
culture with them as they travel. As relatively empowered, even privileged membersof the middle class they can expect their hosts to appreciate and validate these
expressions of their home cultures. Consider, for example Sonoko’s experience ofsharing culturally specific gifts in excerpt 6.3, above. When Sonoko presents Daddy
with kakejiku (a calligraphy scroll), he recognizes it as an expression of Japanesetradition. When she presents Mom with furoshiki (a wrapping cloth), Mom invites
Sonoko to share her specific cultural competence by explaining how it is used.34
34

I am grateful to Adam Hodges for calling this point to my attention.

224
On the other hand, most members of Hippo Family Club seek not toexperience their own home culture in different locations, but to know something of
foreign cultures. Many club members, in fact, never travel to Europe or Asia. Yet
what they claim to value is their knowledge of the Chinese, English, French, German,
Korean, and Spanish languages, as well as the access to the people and cultures ofdiverse nations that this knowledge affords them.
Hippo Family Club members often experience connection to foreign culture
vicariously, either through fellow club members who have traveled abroad or by
hosting visitors from overseas. After a club member goes abroad through thetransnational exchange program, she or he shares this experience both with themembers of her or his own local chapter and with other members by visiting theirchapters as well. About once every two months while I was participating with
Karagoku Family, members from other Hippo chapters in the area would come toweekly meetings and tell us about their recent travel to Mexico, France, Italy, orKorea. During this same time, members hosted visitors from the United States,
Russia, Malaysia, and Indonesia. On each of these occasions, all of the members of
Karagoku Family would hold a party to welcome the foreign guests. These visitors
also came to weekly Family meetings where they were asked to tell us both
something about their home country and their impressions of Japan.
Both the emphasis on language learning and the vicarious connection toforeign cultures suggest that rather than personal experiences of natural settings, partof what Hannerz (1996) calls “home plus,” what Hippo members value is forms of

225
knowledge that give them access to a transnational culture. By, for example, speaking
German, club members do not wish to identify with local people in Germany, Austria,
Switzerland, or elsewhere. Rather, they wish to have access to these and other places,
and to identify as transnational Hippos.
This desire for cosmopolitan citizenship and access to global cultures helps
explain why Hippo Family Club sets its goal as tagengo (multilingualism) rather than,say, mastery of global English. Unlike diplomats, foreign correspondents, ormanagers of international businesses, whose expertise promises membership in theirown transnational professional culture wherever they may find themselves, Hippo
members seek access to global cultural flows from a position in their own local
chapter meetings. This access can be imagined by seeing oneself as master ofmultiple culturally-specific practices: that is, as the speaker of multiple languages.
The linguist competence that Hippo-style language learning affords gives members
the ability to carry out basic interpersonal communication with whatever speakers
may come along. Much larger than the pool of actual speakers encountered, though, isthe world of speakers the learner now has the potential to connect with. Each new
language learned further increases this potential.
This potential transnational community is, like nationalism, an imaginedcommunity (Anderson 1983). No individual member will travel to more than afraction of the locales that Hippo Family Club promises them access to. Nor will
they meet or hear from more than a tiny fraction of the people who comprise thetransnational community. Yet the considerable distance and significant differences

226
among Hippo members are ignored or erased, and real or imagined similarities areemphasized. Through this process of adequation (Bucholtz and Hall 2004b), clubmembership is constructed as a specific social position which Hippos share. The
frequent rehearsal of club discourses at weekly meetings and other club events isused to authenticate Hippo's transnational culture. No individual can actuallyaccess the entire world, but Hippo's brand of cosmopolitan citizenship promises
members at least the potential to do so.

Conclusions“We live by creating a language network and using that network
to find resonance with other humans.”(track 1, Anyone Can Speak 7 Languages!)
In February of 2006 the city of Osaka held a fair called the One World Festival. The
event was an opportunity for various non-governmental agencies, schools, churches,and community groups to present their work to the people of Osaka. After our weekly
Karagoku Family meeting that Saturday, Sky, Tanaka-papa, Ryo, Keichan, Shin, and I
took the train into Osaka to attend the event.
We stopped outside the One World Festival where there were rows of vendors
selling various ethnic foods to eat our lunch. I ate a sandwich of Costa Rican chorizo,
firmer and less acidic than the Mexican chorizo I was accustomed to. Sky had
hummus and shish tawook; Shin had curried chicken, though he seemed moreinterested in the mango lassi. Sky asked me, “Dou desu ka” (How is it?). “Un. Oishii”(Yes, it's delicious), I answered.
After we had eaten and entered the meeting hall, Ryo and Keichan wandered
off to look at the various displays while Sky took Shin and me to a counter in theback of the hall. A local group was raising funds by charging one hundred yen to try
on one of the various ethnic costumes they had on display. Sky convinced me to donwhat I was told was a traditional Mongolian robe and hat and then took my picturewith the camera of her cell phone (figure 7.1). Shin put on a white thawb (robe) andtaqiyah (cap) like that worn in many Arab regions, and Sky wore a long pink hanbok
Korean dress.

228

Figure 7.1. The author dressed in Mongolian hat and robe at the Osaka One World
Festival, 8 February 2006
Our behavior at this event seems to be that of the typical tourist. Both theconsumption of stereotypically ethnic foods and the viewing and photographing oftraditional clothing are standard tourist behaviors. Not only did we view thistraditional clothing, we wore it ourselves. We were pleased to see ourselves in anovel, somewhat exotic light.
In a number of ways, however, our behavior was not that of the typical tourist.
First, and perhaps most notably, we had not traveled to a distant locale. We were in
Osaka, a few dozen kilometers from the Tanaka home, to experience sights not typicalof Osaka but those associated with Turkey, Costa Rica, India, Mongolia, and othernations. In this sense we were perhaps virtual tourists.
Secondly, we came with no expectation of an authentic experience. John Urry
(2003) suggests that a desire for authenticity is of characteristic importance to theromantic gaze. The romantic gaze is a particular type of tourist gaze, one that ispredicated on a semi-spiritual experience of pristine nature in isolation from otherpeople. Urry contrasts the romantic gaze with the collective gaze, in which tourism is229
enjoyed not because it affords isolation from other people, but because it places thetourist among other people. Urry suggests that the collective gaze is key to thetouristic enjoyment of large cities, “whose uniqueness is their cosmopolitan character.
The presence of people from all over the world (tourists in other words) gives capitalcities their distinct excitement and glamour” (2003: 120).
This suggests a third difference between our behavior and that said to be
typical of tourists. As described in Chapter Six, Hippo Family Club members seem toregard foreign cultures from a position in between that of the tourist and that of thecosmopolitan. Ulf Hannerz (1996) suggests that the tourist wishes to enjoy elementsof the culture of home, such as familiar language, food, and health and safety
standards, amid exotic natural vistas. These natural vistas are the object of theromantic gaze that Urry (2003) associates with upper- and middle-class tourism. But
Hannerz separates the tourist from the cosmopolitan, who he says wishes not simply
to view foreign cultures from the outside but to understand them so as to display acompetence resembling that of the local. Unlike the local, the cosmopolitan's culturalcompetence is a result of the conscious analysis of cultural norms and behaviors. This
critical or reflexive orientation toward culture can then be applied not only to foreigncultures but also to the practice of the home culture.
While Sky and Shin were selecting their costumes and trying them on,
Tanaka-papa and I were discussing foreign language learning. I had had a particularly
frustrating week in my intensive Japanese language classes. I told Tanaka-papa that I
didn't think the constant drilling of syntactic structures that we practiced in class each

230
day had any effect on my abilities to read, write, or speak Japanese. Tanaka-papa
agreed; he suggested that when he was in school, he had studied English grammar but
had not developed an ability to speak English. The ability to actually use a language,
we agreed, develops through interaction with other language users. While he wascritical of the teaching methods he had encountered in his own school days, though,Tanaka-papa expressed faith that Hippo activities were a means to acquiring thiscompetence. For Tanaka-papa Hippo activities include not only the memorization andrecitation of scripted texts, but also interaction with other people, including both
Hippo Family Club members and non-members such as those at the One World
Festival.
The stance of Hippo Family Club members thus seems to be somewhere
between Urry's collective tourists and Hannerz's cosmopolitans. Most of the clubmembers I met during my field work in Japan and the United States sought tocultivate within themselves a level of linguistic and cultural competence that would
connect them to people in diverse cultures and locales. Members imagine aconnection with a transnational community, most of whose members they will neversee face-to-face. They take particular pleasure in travel or in interactions with visitorsfrom abroad, since these interactions provide both the joys of interpersonal contact
and a reinforcement of the infinite potential of cosmopolitan citizenship.
In the preceding chapters I have argued that Hippo Family Club offers its
members in Japan and the United States access to a form of cosmopolitan citizenshipthrough the control of multiple languages. Cosmopolitan citizenship is a view of231
oneself as both connected to fellow club members in a global community, andknowledgeable and competent to interact with others across the borders of the nationstate. In Japan, Hippo's comparatively democratic, student-centered approach tolearning, as well as its view of identity constructed via interpersonal connections not
rooted in the state or the ethnic group are seen as a departure from traditional
ideologies of language learning and language and identity. In the United States, eventhough LEX Language Project uses the same materials that Hippo Family Club uses
in Japan and talks about them in largely similar ways, club members understandcosmopolitan citizenship not as a break with tradition but as a continuation of liberal,
multicultural practices in education and other institutions centered on the individual
and not the state.
This project, which is based primarily on ethnographic methods, especiallyparticipant observation, began when I was a student in Japan and was introduced tomembers of Karagoku Family. I originally joined Karagoku Family hoping to find a
community of bilingual speakers and only gradually realized that Hippo Family
Club's approach to foreign language learning provides an ethnographically andlinguistically interesting site for the study of language practice and language learningin late modernity. The communities of the globalized world are increasingly
comprised of imagined, transnational connections such as those seen in Hippo FamilyClub.
The Hippo Family Club approach to language learning has three main parts.
First, the Hippo tapes, also called LEX CDs, present audio recordings of scripted

232
narratives translated into multiple languages and read by actors. Club members listen
to these tapes repeatedly and eventually come to memorize their content. Promotional
materials and discussion at club activities encourage members not to concern
themselves with referential meaning or syntactic patterns, but simply to concentrateon the overall form of the recordings, to nami ni notte miru (try to ride the wave). In
this way, Hippo members believe that they will acquire language ability naturally, inthe same way that children acquire their native languages.
The second part of the Hippo approach is weekly meetings. At hundreds of
local clubs all over Japan and at four club chapters in Massachusetts members meeteach week to play games together, to listen to the Hippo tapes, and to recite preparedspeeches modeled on the content of those recordings. This constant practice together
not only serves as a means to acquire language ability but also binds club members
together in a social group that Japanese members typically label with the English
word family.
The third portion of the Hippo method is participation with what the club'sorganizers in Tokyo call the 'Transnational Exchange Program,' but which members
usually call 'home-stay.' This program allows members to travel abroad and to stay inthe homes of local people in numerous countries. The program also allows Hippo
Family Club members to host visitors from abroad in their own homes. Unlike
listening to recordings or attending weekly meetings, not all members participate in
the home-stay program. Yet the program's existence, and members' talk about it,

233
allows all club members to imagine themselves as at least potentially linked to acommunity of diverse people in locations around the world.
As described in Chapter Two, this study draws from several approaches to thestudy of language in its social settings, including linguistic anthropology,sociolinguistics, and the sociology of language. The study is intended as a work ofsociocultural linguistics, related to multiple disciplines within that interdisciplinary
field. Mary Bucholtz and Kira Hall (2008) define sociocultural linguistics as a
coalition approach to the study of language in society with roots in anthropology,sociolinguistics, conversation analysis, and other fields. Chapter Two reviewed someof the history of calls for and approaches to socially oriented analyses of language ina variety of fields. I have positioned this work in between the traditional concerns andapproaches of multiple fields because I believe that not only an interdisciplinary
coalition among scholars but also a flexible approach to data is necessary tounderstand the ideologies of language learning in Hippo Family Club and their effects
on club members' views of themselves and their societies.
The analysis in this study relies on both ethnographic methods and discourse
analysis. Methods including participant observation and ethnographic interviewing
are necessary to give the analyst a view of language practices and language ideologies
as they are experienced by the participants themselves. Sociolinguistic studies oflanguage in globalization have too often focused on languages themselves, including
either the effect of global languages on local communities or the reshaping of
languages within those communities. This study is interested not in languages as such234
but in the ways that they are used and experienced by individuals in particularsettings. Ethnography allows such a view from the ground. This localized view is alsoachieved by using methods of discourse analysis that draw from the practice andinsights of conversation analysis and other socially situated methods. The behaviors
of individual club members are situated within complex systems of discourse,
including local club norms and wider norms of society. Close analysis of discourse
grounds the understanding of these systems. Since these systems are learned
throughout a lifetime of social interaction, ethnographic study also helps to ensurethat the discourse analyst can, to the greatest degree possible, see what theparticipants see in their interactions.
In Chapter Three we reviewed ideologies of language learning, including both
past work and the the specific ideologies visible among Hippo Family Club members
in Japan. The term ideology is used in this work as a neutral descriptor of any set ofbeliefs about language and learning that influences approaches to the study of second
or foreign languages. The work of Shirley Brice Heath (1977) on ideologies
underlying language planning in the United States is particularly useful to theanalyses developed in Chapters Three and Four. Heath described two understandingsof the role of language education in society: the policy approach (Heath 1977: 54), in
which the purpose of language learning is understood to be bringing linguistic
minorities into line with the majority, and the cultivation approach (Heath 1977: 54),
in which language learning is seen as a means for speakers to expand their own
knowledge and abilities. Heath suggests that when the ideologies of government or235school policy makers do not align with those of learners, education or other language
planning does not serve those at whom it is directed.
Of particular interest for the analysis in Chapter Three are past studies of therelationship between ethnic or national identity and language learning in Japan.
Simon Downes (2001), for instance, found that some Japanese parents were reluctant
to see their children educated in bilingual schools, citing a concern that being
bilingual would make the children less Japanese. Work by Nanette Gottlieb (2005),
John Maher (1995, 2001, Maher and Yashiro 1995), and others explores the belief
that the Japanese language is an essential element of Japanese identity, so that thetruest and most typical Japanese person is a monolingual Japanese speaker. Suchbeliefs serve both as an explanation for the relative lack of multilingual speakers inJapanese schools and as justification for an educational system that stresses
grammatical knowledge over communicative ability.
Hippo Family Club positions its approach to language learning as a rejectionof traditional, grammar centered approaches, one that is based on an understanding of
natural language acquisition. I call the traditional approach to teaching English in
Japanese schools language as physics, since, like the teaching of physics at thesecondary-school level, it stresses the memorization of formulas and the ability tomanipulate rules. In contrast, I call the approach that Hippo Family Club offers
language as script. Club members are encouraged to memorize the content of the
Hippo tapes and to recite them repeatedly in order to stimulate language acquisition.
This approach resembles the audio-lingual method of foreign language teaching that236
was popular in the United States during the 1950s and 1960s, in that it encourages
students to memorize set texts without concern for creativity, the ability of language
learners to manipulate finite grammatical systems to produce essentially infinite
utterances. The Hippo method also resembles some aspects of the communicative
approach, a general approach to language learning that encourages communication
among learners without concern for grammatical models, and which was particularly
popular among foreign language educators during the 1980s.
The analysis of discourse at a Karagoku Family weekly meeting presented in
Chapter Three illustrates the language-as-script ideology in two ways. First, amemorized speech is presented. Both the designated speaker, Taro-kun, and the othermembers of the club expect this speech to reproduce the same content in the sameorder that it has been delivered in past weeks. Club members, including Taro-kun's
mother, Mikan, prompt Taro to deliver his next line in the script as needed. When
Taro-kun and Mikan ask for assistance in translating a word, their call is not
immediately heard as a request for translation but as a request for the next line of thescript. In the second portion of the discourse, Mikan relates Taro-kun's experiencespeaking English in kindergarten. She describes Taro-kun reciting his usual
memorized speech and singing the song “London Bridge,” an accomplishment that
his fellow club members declare to be sugoi (great). During this entire interaction, mypresence and in particular my status as a native speaker of English are not treated as
significant. Thus, it appears that the goal of Taro-kun's language practice is not an
ability to interact with other English speakers, but to reproduce his script.

237
Chapter Four treats ideologies of language learning in the United States,
which differ from those in Japan. Since Heath's (1977) description of the mismatch
between the policy approach and the cultivation approach to language learning, anumber of scholars have described differing treatment of native speakers of English
and speakers of languages other than English in the US. For the former, learning aforeign language is seen as the cultivation of a social, educational, and economic
asset. For the latter, the maintenance of the home language is seen as a distraction
from the goal of rapidly acquiring English ability like that of a monolingual speaker.
The appearance of non-English elements in such individuals' speech is seen as asocial problem (Urciuoli 1996, Lippi-Green 1997, Zentella 1997, inter alia). LEX
Language Project, the American branch of Hippo Family Club, promises multilingual
ability to primarily middle-class English speakers. It therefore does not conflict withwidely held goals for language learning in the United States.
As described in Chapter Four, members view LEX Language Project's
approach to the learning of multiple languages not as a sharp break from traditional
education, as Hippo Family Club is in Japan, but as a continuation of an American
tradition of various child-centered approaches to education competing in a market ofideas. I have argued that central control of educational bureaucracy by the Ministry of
Education in Japan since the end of the post-war occupation (Horio 1988, James andBenjamin 1988, Lincicome 2009, inter alia) leads to a situation in which Japanese
Hippo members to see the club's new approach as a revolution. In contrast, in the
United States, where local school boards enact local governance over education

238(Stevenson and Nerison-Low 2002, Tracy 2007, inter alia), the LEX approach issimply part of an evolution.
Chapter Four also examines the effect of four political ideologies onapproaches to language policy in the United States: liberalism, republicanism,
ethnoculturalism, and incorporationism (Schildkraut 2005). While American-styleliberalism, an inheritance from John Locke and other Enlightenment thinkers (Hartz
1955), may be used to justify the maintenance of individual multilingualism, related
ideas of neo-liberalism are used to argue for societal monolingualism. Under the neoliberal view of individual competition for economic success, provision of services
only in English is seen as a spur for speakers of other languages to learn theeconomically powerful global language. Republicanism, which to some extent
competes with liberalism as key political value in the United States, is also used tojustify both multilingual and monolingual state policy. Civic republicanism, whichstresses “virtuous individual responsibility” to prevent coercive government(Slaughter 2005), is sometimes appealed to in order to argue that all members of thesociety must speak the same language in order to participate in the republic. As often,
though, supporters argue that society must be multilingual so that the largest possible
number of Americans can participate in governance.
Finally, two views of identity and citizenship affect debates over language
policy. Ethnoculturalism, which defines citizenship in ethnic and cultural terms andrelates American citizenship with English language ability, supports the establishmentof a single national language. Incorporationism, which stresses the construction of239
American nationality from diverse immigrant cultures, supports individual
bilingualism.
The differing language ideologies associated with these political ideologies
generally agree in placing English either as the sole language of the state or as a
useful part of the individual's multilingual repertoire. Most of these differing positions
allow for the cultivation of second language competence by native speakers ofEnglish. LEX Language Project's provision of multilingual ability to those who speak
English already thus finds no conflict with dominant ideologies of language educationin the United States. In addition, members' suggestions that LEX Language Project
activities inspire “tolerance” find particular resonance with twenty-first century
discourses of liberalism as a cultural ideal in the United States (Brown 2006).
The analysis of members' spoken discourse in Chapter Four suggests that,
unlike Hippo Family Club in Japan, LEX Language Project members in
Massachusetts justify their learning practices by referring to academic traditions,
including the work of linguists and other scholars. When club member Brandon notesthat the Ukrainian words sim (seven) and visim (eight) sound similar to one another,
he initiates a discussion of “the Slavic languages” and theories of language families
and language change that he attributes to linguists. Other members join him in this
discussion, offering their own knowledge of various counting systems and suggesting
that, as a linguist, I should know more. Where Hippo Family Club discourses in Japan
reject traditional systems of education and encourage members to acquire knowledge

240
naturally, LEX members in the US value their own knowledge through its connection
to scholarly tradition.
Chapter Five returns to the examination of cultural traditions in Japan,
including the culture of cute (Kinsella 1995) and the bureaucratic control of education
policy (Horio 1988, McVeigh 1998, inter alia), and contrasts these with the marketingof educational products and the local governance of schools in the United States.
Since the 1980s, Japanese companies and institutions have used cartoon icons andother 'cute' images to market all manner of goods and services to adults as well as
children (Kinsella 1995, McVeigh 2000, inter alia). This culture of cute is associatedwith a view of foreign, especially European cultures, which are imagined as an
appealing alternative to traditional gender and labor roles in Japan. Hippo Family
Club's name, its learning practices centered on the individual learner, and its rejectionof tradition each relate to this discourse of 'cute' in individual style and corporate
marketing. The culture of 'cute' is not found in the United States, where cartoon
images of the kind used in Japan's 'character goods' are used only for products
marketed to young children. Educational products marketed to the parents of young
learners, such as Baby Einstein, Rosetta Stone, and Sylvan Learning, instead tend toreference traditional high culture in their naming and marketing.
Japanese and American approaches to education policy also differ, and thesedifferences effect Hippo and LEX members' understandings of the club's activities. As
mentioned above, educational policy in Japanese schools is centrally controlled from
the Ministry of Education (now the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science,

241
and Technology), with debates over curriculum, textbooks, local control, and otherpolicy differences debated primarily from within the Ministry, the national teacher'sunion, or parliamentary committees. Individual citizens have relatively little access tothese debates, and are presented with a univocal discourse on education. This
contrasts with the situation in the United States, where district school boards are seen
both as systems of professional management and as organs of local governance(Tracy 2007). Debates over education are relatively public in the United States; there
is a long history of competing views on the best way to provide education to serveboth individual learners and the needs of the state. Against this background, LEX
Language Project members justify club activities not as a break from tradition but as
an expression of best practices. While Japanese members describe play as a way toreturn to childhood so that they may discover the world naturally, American members
describe the same activities as embodied practice, with “crossing midline” andincluding sufficient “areas of vocabulary” as pedagogical goals embedded in a playframe.
As a result of their different justifications the same activities, Hippo Family
Club members in Japan see revolution where American LEX members see only an
evolution of educational practice. LEX Institute in Tokyo and LEX America in
Massachusetts both recount the experience of Yo Sakakibara, the founder of Hippo
Family Club, at MIT. But where LEX America uses this connection to academic
tradition as justification for its activities, LEX Institute stresses that the method was
discovered only after Sakakibara left the institution to discover multilingualism on his242
own. Club practices and their justifications do not literally 'flow' from Tokyo to otherparts of the world. They are taken up and re-produced against different ideologicalbackgrounds, resulting in different understandings. In the words of Susan Gal, “Thediscourses leak” (2007); the same discourses are understood differently because theycoexist alongside different discourses in different settings.
The linguistic and interactional construction of identity is explored in Chapter
Six. Of particular importance to this analysis are the practices of adequation anddistinction, described by Bucholtz and Hall (2004b) as part of the tactics ofintersubjectivity. Adequation, the construction and recognition of shared identity
among members of an in-group, is achieved by selectively emphasizing similarities
while de-emphasizing differences. Distinction, the separation of the out-group fromthe in-group, is accomplished by emphasizing differences while ignoring similarities
or explaining them away.
The analysis of narratives from the Hippo tapes in Chapter Six illustrates how
LEX/Hippo club members are invited to identify with the narratives' protagonists
through the practice of adequation and distinction. The story protagonists aredescribed with just enough personal detail to allow club members to see similarities
between the characters and themselves. The recordings also feature frequent
reminders that these protagonists are members of Hippo Family Club, and that suchmembership is available to anyone who chooses to join the club. At the same time,club membership is drawn as a highly valued distinction. It allows one connection to243a global field of fellow members, and is evaluated positively by members and nonmembers within the narratives.
Members who identify themselves with the protagonists of the Hippo tapes areable to project this identity first onto fellow chapter members and then to the club as awhole. The semiotic practice of fractal recursivity (Irvine and Gal 2000) provides alink between the individual and the group. Named for the self-similarity of fractals ingeometry, fractal recursivity is the projection of the properties of an individual onto agroup that individual belongs to, or vice-versa. Each week, chapter members recite
the content of these recordings at weekly chapter meetings. This recitation bothstrengthens identification with the stories' protagonists and with fellow chapter
members, who are also reciting the stories and identifying with the characters. The
properties of club members depicted in the narratives and those encountered at
chapter meetings are imagined to be properties of Hippo Family Club itself. In turn,the properties of the club are seen as the properties of all members, including those
who belong to other chapters in other countries. As the citizens of modern nationstates read national newspapers and imagine a relationship with fellow citizens(Anderson 1983), Hippo Family Club members listening to the Hippo tapes together
imagine a relationship with fellow club members. The vision of simultaneous
existence within an institution is projected onto a vision of “deep horizontal
comradeship” (Anderson 1983: 16) with fellow members.
Hippo Family Club is only one of many organizations or institutions thatpromise group membership across the borders of nation-states. International non-

244
governmental organizations, religious movements, academic congresses, andmultinational corporations, among others, comprise social groups whose boundaries
overlap those of the state. When an individual understands her or his identity as
partially shaped by membership in such a transnational group and tied to othermembers of the group – those with whom the relationship is largely imagined without
face-to-face contact – that individual experiences cosmopolitan citizenship. Suchperceptions of group membership need to be studied both in terms of group practices
and ideologies and in terms of other ideologies and practices that surround theindividual.
The scholarly disciplines under the banner of sociocultural linguistics are
all interested in language practices and language socialization. Such socialization
is important not only to understanding the norms of linguistic interaction but tounderstanding and effecting other social structures. Pierre Bourdieu has argued,“The educational system is a crucial object of struggle because it has a monopoly
over the production of the mass of producers and consumers” (1977b: 652). The
study of Hippo Family Club suggests that the state does not hold a monopoly on
the system of education, let alone other practices of socialization into economic
and political subject positions. Yet given their size, movements such as Hippo
Family Club are less shapers of the nation-state than they are shaped by national
ideologies and institutions. The interdisciplinary study of various transnational
movements, their effects on socialization, and the effects of local ideologies on245
them, is a step toward understanding the local social practices that compriseglobalization.

References
4HUSA (2007). 4-H: 4HUSA.ORG: The official site for, by, and about 4-H youth in
the United States. http://4husa.org/.
Abedi, Jamal (2004). The No Child Left Behind act and English language learners:
assessment and accountability issues. Educational Researcher 33(1), 4-14.
Abu-Lughod, Lila (2006). Writing against culture. In Ellen Lewin (ed.), Feminist
Anthropology: A Reader, 153-169. Philadelphia: Wiley-Blackwell.
Ahlers, Jocelyn C. (2009). The many meanings of collaboration: fieldwork with the
Elem Pomo. Language & Communication 29(3), 230-243.
Alim, H. Samy (2008). Straight outta Compton, straight aus München: global
linguistic flows, identities, and the politics of language in a global hip hop
nation. In H. Samy Alim, Awad Ibrahim, and Alastair Pennycook (eds.),
Global Linguistic Flows: Hip Hop Cultures, Youth Identities, and the Politics
of Language, 1-22. London: Taylor & Francis.
Allende Brisk, Maria Estella (1981). Language policies in American education.
Journal of Education 161(1), 3-15.
Anderson, Benedict (1983). Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin andSpread of Nationalism. London: Verso.
Ang, Ien (1985). Watching Dallas: Soap Opera and the Melodramatic Imagination.
London and New York: Methuen.
Appadurai, Arjun (1986). The Social Life of Things: Commodities in Cultural
Perspective. Cambridge and New York: Cambridge University Press.
Appadurai, Arjun (1996). Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization.
Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
Armfield, Marge (1977). Getting a Head Start on Prewriting Skills. Classroom
teacher guide. Omaha, NE: Resource Center for Handicapped Children,
Meyer Children's Rehabilitation Institute.
Ashikari, Mikiko (2003). Urban middle-class Japanese women and their white faces:
gender, ideology, and representation. Ethos 31(1), 3-37.
Auer, Peter (1984). Bilingual Conversation. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Backhaus, Peter (2007). Linguistic Landscapes: A Comparative Study of Urban
Multilingualism in Tokyo. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.
Bakhtin, Mikhail (1981). The Dialogic Imagination. Austin: University of Texas
Press.
Barker, George (1947). Social functions of language in a Mexican-American
community. Acta Americana 5, 185-202.
Basso, Keith (1967). Semantic aspects of linguistic acculturation. American
Anthropologist 69(5), 471-477.
Bauman, Richard (2001). The ethnography of genre in a Mexican market: form,
function, variation. In Penelope Eckert and John Rickford (eds.), Style andSociolinguistic Variation, 57-77. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Besnier, Niko (2004). Consumption and cosmopolitanism: practicing modernity at thesecond-hand marketplace in Nuku'alofa, Tonga. Anthropological Quarterly
77(1), 7-45.

247
Bhatt, Rakesh M. (2001). World Englishes. Annual Review of Anthropology 30, 527550.
Black, Daniel (2008). The virtual ideal: virtual idols, cute technology and unclean
biology. Continuum 22(1), 37-50.
Blom, Jan-Petter, and John J. Gumperz (1972). Social meaning in linguistic
structures: code switching in northern Norway. In Del Hymes and John J.
Gumperz (eds.), Directions in Sociolinguistics: The Ethnography ofCommunication, 407-434. New York: Holt, Rhinehart and Winston.
Boas, Franz (1982). Race, Language, and Culture. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Bourdieu, Pierre (1977a). The economics of linguistic exchanges. Social Science
Information 16(6), 645-668.
Bourdieu, Pierre (1977b). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge and New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Bourdieu, Pierre (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgment of Taste.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Bourdieu, Pierre (1991). Language and Symbolic Power. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Bright, William (1966). Sociolinguistics: Proceedings of the UCLA Sociolinguistics
Conference, 1964. The Hague: Mouton.
Bronson, Fred (2003). The Billboard Book of Number One Hits. New York: Billboard
Books.
Brown, Wendy (2006). Regulating Aversion: Tolerance in the Age of Identity and
Empire. Princeton and Oxford: Princeton University Press.
Bucholtz, Mary, and Kira Hall (2004a). Theorizing identity in language and sexuality
research. Language in Society 33(4), 501-547.
Bucholtz, Mary, and Kira Hall (2004b). Language and identity. In Alessandro Duranti(ed.), A Companion to Linguistic Anthropology, 368-394. Oxford: BasilBlackwell.
Bucholtz, Mary, and Kira Hall (2005). Identity and interaction: A sociocultural
linguistic approach. Discourse Studies 7(4-5), 585-614.
Bucholtz, Mary, and Kira Hall (2008). All of the above: new coalitions insociocultural linguistics. Journal of Sociolinguistics 12(4), 401-431.
Bull, David (1996). Karuta: sport or culture? Japan Quarterly 43, 67-77.
Butler, Yuko Goto (2005). Comparative perspectives towards communicative
activities among elementary school teachers in South Korea, Japan andTaiwan. Language Teaching Research 9(4), 423-446.
Butler, Yuko Goto and Iino, Masakazu (2005). Current Japanese reforms in English
language education: The 2003 "Action Plan". Language Policy 4, 25-45.
Cameron, Deborah (1990). Demythologizing sociolinguistics: why language does notreflect society. In John Earl Joseph and Talbot J. Taylor (eds.), Ideologies ofLanguage, 79-93. London: Taylor & Francis.

248
Cameron, Deborah (2000). Styling the worker: gender and the commodification of
language in the globalized service economy. Journal of Sociolinguistics 4(3),323-347.
Carroll, John B. (1985). A model of school learning. In John B. Carroll and Lorin W.
Anderson (eds.), Perspectives on School Learning: Selected Writings of John
B. Carroll, 19-31. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Carroll, Tessa (1997). From Script to Speech: Language Policy in Japan in the 1980s
and 1990s. Nissan Occasional Paper Series No. 27. Oxford: Nissan Institute ofJapanese Studies.
Chomsky, Noam (1959). A review of B.F. Skinner's Verbal Behavior. Language 35(1),26-58.
Chomsky, Noam (1972). Language and Mind. New York: Harcourt Brace
Jovanovich.
Chung, Shunah, and Daniel J. Walsh (2000). Unpacking child-centredness: a historyof meanings. Journal of Curriculum Studies 32(2), 215-234.
Citrin, Jack, Ernst B. Haas, Christopher Muste, and Beth Reingold (1994). Is
American nationalism changing? Implications for foreign policy.
International Studies Quarterly 38(1), 1-31.
Crago, Martha (2006). Multiple perspectives on research on childhood bilingualism.
In Peggy D. McCardle and Erika Hoff (eds.), Childhood bilingualism:
research on infancy through school age 149-156. Clevedon: Multilingual
Matters.
Cook, Ian, and Philip Crang (1996). The world on a plate: culinary culture,displacement and geographical knowledges. Journal of Material Culture 1(2),131-153.
Coupland, Nikolas (2003). Introduction: sociolinguistics and globalization. Journalof Sociolinguistics 7(4), 465-472.
Cutts, Robert L. (1997). An Empire of Schools: Japan's Universities and the Moldingof a National Power Elite. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.
Decoo, Wilfried (2001). On the mortality of language learning methods. Presented at
the James L. Baker lecture, November 8, Brigham Young University.
http://www.languagelearningproblems.net/iword documents/Conference paper
by Wilfried Decoo.doc.
Doi, Takeo (1973). The Anatomy of Dependence. Tokyo and New York: Kodansha
International.
Downes, Simon (2001). Sense of Japanese cultural identity within an English partial
immersion programme: should parents worry? International Journal of
Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 4(3), 165-180.
Duff, Patricia A., and Yuko Uchida (1997).The negotiation of teachers' sociocultural
identities and practices in postsecondary EFL classrooms. TESOL Quarterly
31(3), 451-486.
Eason, Bobby and Paul R. Surburg (1993). Effects of midline crossing on reaction
time and movement time with adolescents classified as mildly mentallyretarded. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly 10, 269-280.

249
Ehrlich, Susan (1997). Gender as social practice: implications for second language
acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 19(4), 421-446.
Ellis, Rod (2002). The place of grammar instruction in the second/foreign language
curriculum. In Eli Hinkel and Sandra Fotos (eds.), New Perspectives on
Grammar Teaching in Second Language Classrooms, 17-34. Mahwah, NJ:
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
English Plus Information Clearinghouse (1987). Statement of Purpose & Core
Beliefs. Washington: English Plus Information Clearinghouse.
http://www.massenglishplus.org/mep/engplus.html.
Engrish.com (2009). Engrish.com. Humor website. http://www.engrish.com/.
Fishman, Joshua A. (1966). Language Loyalty in the United States: The Maintenanceand Perpetuation of Non-English Mother Tongues by American Ethnic andReligious Groups. The Hague: Mouton.
Fishman, Joshua A. (1968). Readings in the Sociology of Language. The Hague:
Mouton.
Ford, Cecilia and Sandra Thompson (1996). Interactional units in conversation:
syntactic, intonational, and pragmatic resources for the management of turns.
In Elinor Ochs, Emanuel Schegloff, and Sandara Thompson (eds.),
Interaction in Grammar, 134-184. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Ford, Cecilia, Barbara Fox, and Sandra Thompson (2002). The Language of Turn and
Sequence. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press.
Friedman, Jonathan (1994). Consumption and Identity. Chur, Switzerland: Harwood
Academic Publishers.
Gal, Susan (1978). Peasant men can't get wives: language change and sex roles in abilingual community. Language in Society 7, 1-16.
Gal, Susan (1989). Language and political economy. Annual Review of Anthropology
18, 345-367.
Gal, Susan (2005). Language ideologies compared: metaphors of public/private.
Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 15, 23-37.
Gal, Susan (2007). Circulation in the “new” economy: clasps and copies. Presented at
the 106th Annual Meeting of the American Anthropological Association.
Gardner, Rod (2001). When Listeners Talk: Response Tokens and Listener Stance.
Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Gass, Susan M. (2003). Input and interaction. In Catherine Doughty and Michael H.
Long (eds.), The Handbook of Second Language Acquisition, 224-255.
Philadelphia: Wiley-Blackwell.
Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1966). Language Universals: With Special Reference toFeature Hierarchies. The Hague: Mouton.
Greer, Tim (2008). Accomplishing difference in bilingual interaction: translation as
backwards-oriented medium repair. Multilingua 27(1-2), 99-127.
Gottlieb, Nanette (2005). Language and Society in Japan. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Gudykunst, William B., and Tsukasa Nishida (1994). Bridging Japanese/North
American Differences. Los Angeles: Sage.

250
Gumperz, John J. (1964). Linguistic and social interaction in two communities.
American Anthropologist 66(6), 137-153.
Gumperz, John J., and Dell Hymes (1972). New Directions in Sociolinguistics: The
Ethnography of Communication. New York: Holt, Reinhardt and Winston.
Gupta, Akhil, and James Ferguson (1992). Beyond "culture": Space, identity, and thepolitics of difference. Cultural Anthropology 7(1), 6-23.
Hall, John W. (1991). Introduction. In John W. Hall (ed.), The Cambridge History ofJapan, Volume 4, Early Modern Japan, 1-39. Cambridge and New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Hall, Kira (2009). Boys' talk: Hindi, moustaches, and masculinity in New Delhi. In
Pia Pichler and Eva Eppler (eds.), Gender and Spoken Interaction, 139-162.
Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan.
Hannerz, Ulf (1996). Transnational Connections: Culture, People, Places. London
and New York: Routledge.
Hartz, Louis (1955). The Liberal Tradition in America: An Interpretation of American
Political Thought Since the Revolution. New York: Harcourt.
Haugen, Einar (1953). The Norwegian Language in America: A Study of Bilingual
Behavior. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
Heath, Shirley Brice (1977). Social history. In Joshua A. Fishman (ed.), Bilingual
Education: Current Perspectives, 53-72. Arlington, VA: Center for Applied
Linguistics.
Heath, Shirley Brice (1982). What no bedtime story means: narrative skills at homeand school. Language in Society 11(1), 49-76.
Heller, Monica (1999). Linguistic Minorities and Modernity: A Sociolinguistic
Ethnography. London: Longman.
Heller, Monica (2003). Globalization, the new economy, and the commodification of
language and identity. Journal of Sociolinguistics 7(4), 473-492.
Heritage, John (1984a). Garfinkel and Ethnomethodology. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Heritage, John (1984b). A change-of-state token and aspects of its sequential
placement. In John Atkinson and John Heritage (eds.), Structures of Social
Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis, 299-345. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Higham, John (2002). Strangers in the Land: Patterns of American Nativism, 18601925. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.
Hippo Family Club (1985). Hippo goes overseas. Audio recording. Tokyo: LEX
Institute.
Hippo Family Club (1997). Anyone can speak 7 languages! Audio recording. Tokyo:
LEX Institute.
Hodges, Adam (2008). The 'war on terror' narrative: the (inter)textual construction
and contestation of sociopolitical reality. Doctoral Dissertation. University ofColorado, Department of Linguistics.
Hoijer, Harry (1948). Linguistic and cultural change. Language 24(4), 335-345.
Horio, Teruhisa (1988). Educational Thought and Ideology in Modern Japan: State
Authority and Intellectual Freedom. Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press.

251
Huntington, Samuel P. (1993). The Clash of Civilizations? Foreign Affairs 72(3), 2228.
Hutchby, Ian, and Robin Wooffitt (1998). Conversation Analysis: Principles,
Practices and Applications. Malden, MA: Polity Press.
Hymes, Dell (1964). Introduction: Toward ethnographies of communication.
American Anthropologist 66, 1-34.
Hymes, Dell (2001). On communicative competence. In Alessandro Duranti (ed.),
Linguistic anthropology: a reader 53-73. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Hymes, Dell, and John J. Gumperz (1964). The ethnography of communication(special issue). American Anthropologist 66(6).
Inoue, Miyako (2006). Vicarious Language: Gender and Linguistic Modernity inJapan. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Irvine, Judith (1974). Strategies of status manipulation in Wolof greeting. In Richard
Bauman and Joel Sherzer (eds.), Explorations in the Ethnography of
Speaking, 167-191. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Irvine, Judith (1989). When talk isn't cheap: language and political economy.
American Ethnologist 16(2), 248-267.
Irvine, Judith, and Susan Gal (2000). Language ideology and linguistic
differentiation. In Paul Kroskrity (ed.), Regimes of Language: Ideologies,
Polities, and Identities, 35-83. Santa Fe: School of American Research.
James, Estelle, and Gail Benjamin (1988). Public Policy and Private Education in
Japan. New York: St. Martin's Press.
Kachru, Braj (1986). The Alchemy of English: The Spread, Functions and Models of
Non-native Englishes. Oxford: Pergamon.
Kanno, Yasuko (2008). Language and Education in Japan: Unequal Access toBilingualism. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Kinsella, Sharon (1995). Cuties in Japan. In Lise Skov and Brian Moeran (eds.),
Women, Media and Consumption in Japan, 220-254. Honolulu: University of
Hawaii Press.
Krashen, Stephen (1982). Principles and Practice in Second Language Acquisition.
New York: Pergamon Press.
Labov, William (1963). The social motivations of a sound change. Word 19, 273-309.
Labov, William, and Joshua Waletzky (1967). Narrative analysis. In June Helm (ed.),Essays on the Verbal and Visual Arts. Seattle: University of Washington Press.
Lambert, Wallace (1977). The effects of bilingualism on the individual: cognitive andsocio-cultural consequences. In Peter Hornby (ed.), Bilingualism:
Psychological, Social, and Educational Implications, 15-27. New York:
Academic Press.
Lenneberg, Eric H. (2004). Language in the context of growth and maturation. In
Barbara Lust and Claire Foley (eds.), First Language Acquisition: The
Essential Readings, 103-108. Philadelphia: Wiley-Blackwell.
LEX Institute (2006). Multilingual friends around the world! Audio recording. Tokyo:
LEX International.

252
LEX Institute (2007). 七ヵ国語を話す、日常がある。 [Speak seven languages, it's
natural]. Hippo Family Club home page. http://www.lexhippo.gr.jp/.
LEX Language Project (2007). What is HIPPO? LEX Language Project home page.
http://www.lexlrf.org/hippo/
Lincicome, Mark (1993). Focus on internationalization of Japanese education:nationalism, internationalization, and the dilemma of educational reform inJapan. Comparative Education Review 37(2), 123-151.
Lincicome, Mark (2009). Imperial Subjects as Global Citizens: Nationalism,
Internationalism, and Education in Japan. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.
Linger, Daniel Touro (2001). No One Home: Brazilian Selves Remade in Japan.
Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Lippi-Green, Rosina (1997). English with an Accent: Language, Ideology, andDiscrimination in the United States. London and New York: Routledge.
Locke, John (2005). Second Treatise of Government. Salt Lake City: Project
Gutenberg.
MacCannell, Dean (1999). The Tourist: A New Theory of the Leisure Class. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Maher, John C. (1995). On being there: Korean in Japan. Journal of Multilingual andMulticultural Development 16 (1-2), 87-101.
Maher, John C. (1997). Linguistic minorities and education in Japan. Educational
Review 49(2), 115-128.
Maher, John C. (2001). Preface. In Mary Goebel Noguchi and Sandra Fotos (eds.),
Studies in Japanese Bilingualism, vii-x. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.
Maher, John C. (2002). Language Policy for Multicultural Japan: Establishing the
New Paradigm. In Language Policy: Lessons from Global Models, 164-180.
Monterey, CA: Monterey Institute of International Studies.
Maher, John C. and Kyoko Yashiro (eds.) (1995). Multilingual Japan. Clevedon:
Multilingual Matters.
Makino, Seiichi and Michio Tsutsui (1989). A Dictionary of Basic Japanese
Grammar. Tokyo: Japan Times.
Mandelbrot, Benoit (1977). Fractals: Form, Chance, and Dimension. San Francisco:
W.H. Freeman and Company.
Marx, Karl (1968). The German Ideology. Moscow: Progress Publishers.
McVeigh, Brian (1998). Linking state and self: how the Japanese state bureaucratizes
subjectivity through moral eduction. Anthropological Quarterly 71(3), 125-35.
McVeigh, Brian (2000). How Hello Kitty commodifies the cute, cool and camp.
Journal of Material Culture 5(2), 225-245.
Mead, Margaret (1939). Native languages as fieldwork tools. American
Anthropologist 41(2), 189-205.
Miller, Laura (2004). You are doing burikko! Censoring/scrutinizing artificers of cutefemininity in Japanese. In Shigeko Okamoto and Janet Shibatani Smith (eds.),
Japanese Language, Gender, and Ideology: Cultural Models and Real People,
148-165. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press.

253
Miller, Laura (2006). Beauty Up: Exploring Contemporary Japanese Body Aesthetics.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Miller, Roy Andrew (1982). Japan's Modern Myth: The Language and Beyond. New
York: Weatherhill.
Nakane, Chie (1970). Japanese Society. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Nilep, Chad (2006). 言語の勉強と言語の遊び：ヒッポファミリークラブにおける観察 [Language study and language play: Observations at Hippo Family
Club]. Presented at The Japan Foundation Kansai Center.
Ochs, Elinor, and Bambi Schieffelin (1984). Language acquisition and socialization:
three developmental stories and their implications. In Culture Theory: Essayson Mind, Self, and Emotion, 276-320. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Ohara, Yumiko, and Scott Saft (2003). Using conversation analysis to track gender
ideologies in social interaction: toward a feminist analysis of a Japanesephone-in consultation TV program. Discourse & Society 14(2), 153-172.
Okamoto, Shigeko (1995). 'Tasteless' Japanese: less 'feminine' speech among young
Japanese women. In Kira Hall and Mary Bucholtz (eds.), Gender Articulated:
Language and the Socially Constructed Self, 297-325. New York and London:
Routledge.
Omaggio Hadley, Alice (2001). Teaching Language in Context. Boston: Heinle &Heinle.
Osaka General Affairs Bureau (2006). 大阪府の住民基本台帳人口 [Osaka
prefecture residents' register, population]. Osaka Prefectural Government:
Cities and Towns Administrative Group. http://www.pref.osaka.jp/shichoson/juki/index.html.
Oxford English Dictionary (1989). Oxford English Dictionary 2nd ed. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Pavlenko, Aneta (2001). Bilingualism, gender, and ideology. International Journal of
Bilingualism 5(2), 117-151.
Pavlenko, Aneta (2004). 'The making of an American': negotiation of identities at theturn of the twentieth century. In Aneta Pavlenko and Adrian Blackledge (eds.),
Negotiation of Identities in Multilingual Contexts, 34-67. Clevedon:
Multilingual Matters.
Pavlenko, Aneta (2005). 'Ask each pupil about her methods of cleaning': ideologies oflanguage and gender in Americanisation instruction. International Journal of
Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 8(4) 275-297.
Pavlenko, Aneta, and Ingrid Piller (2001). New directions in the study ofmultilingualism, second language learning, and gender. In Aneta Pavlenko,
Adrian Blackledge, and Ingrid Piller (eds.), Multilingualism, Second
Language Learning, and Gender, 17-52. New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Pedersen, Scott J., Matthew Heath, and Paul R. Surburg (2007). Lower extremity
response time performance in boys with ADHD. Journal of Attention
Disorders 10, 343-349.
Pennycook, Alastair (2003a). Global Englishes, Rip Slyme, and performativity.
Journal of Sociolinguistics 7(4), 513-533.

254
Pennycook, Alastair (2003b). Beyond homogeny and heterogeny. In Christopher Mair(ed.), The Politics of English as a World Language, 3-17. Amsterdam: Rodopi.
Pomerantz, Anne (2002). Language ideologies and the production of identities:
Spanish as a resource for participation in a multilingual marketplace.
Multilingua 21, 275-302.
Pratt, Mary Louise (1991). Arts of the contact zone. Profession 91, 33-40.
Rampton, Ben (1995). Crossing: Language and Ethnicity among Adolsecents.
London and New York: Longman.
Rampton, Ben (2008). Disciplinary mixing: types and cases. Journal of
Sociolinguistics 12(4), 525-531.
Rosetta Stone Ltd. (2009). How Rosetta Stone works. Rosetta Stone promotional website. http://www.rosettastone.com/personal/how-it-works.
Ross, Mildred and Dona Burdick (1981). Sensory Integration: A Training Manual for
Therapists and Teachers for Regressed, Psychiatric, and Geriatric PatientGroups. Thorofare, NJ: C.B. Slack.
Sacks, Harvey (1992). Lectures on Conversation. Edited by Gail Jefferson. Oxford:
Blackwell.
Sapir, Edward (1929). The status of linguistics as a science. Language 5(4), 207-214.
Sacks, Harvey, Emanuel Schegloff, and Gail Jefferson (1974). A simplest systematics
for the organization of turn-taking for conversation. Language 50, 696-735.
Schegloff, Emanuel (2003). 'Narrative analysis' thirty years later. In Christina Bratt
Paulston and G. Richard Tucker (eds.), Sociolinguistics: The Essential
Readings, 105-113. Philadelphia: Wiley-Blackwell.
Schildkraut, Deborah (2005). Press One for English: Language Policy, Public
Opinion, and American Identity. Princeton and Oxford: Princeton University
Press.
Schmenk, Barbara (2004). Language learning: a feminine domain? The role ofstereotyping in constructing gendered learner identities. TESOL Quarterly
38(3), 514-523.
Seargeant, Philip (2006). “More English than England itself”: the simulation ofauthenticity in foreign language practice in Japan. International Journal ofApplied Linguistics 15, 326-345.
Sherrill, Claudine (1986). Adapted Physical Education and Recreation: A
Multidisciplinary Approach. Dubuque, IA: W.C. Brown.
Silverstein, Michael (1979). Language structure and linguistic ideology. In Paul
Clyne, William Hanks, and Carol Hofbauer (eds.), The Elements, aParasession on Linguistic Units and Levels, April 20-21 1979; Including
Papers from the Conference on Non-Slavic Languages of the USSR, April 18
1979, 193-247. Chicago: Chicago Linguistic Society.
Slaughter, Steven (2005). Liberty Beyond Neo-liberalism. New York: Palgrave
Macmillan.
Song, Jae Jung (2005). The Korean Language: Structure, Use and Context. London:
Taylor & Francis.
Spolsky, Bernard (2004). Language Policy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

255
Spradley, James P. (1980). Participant Observation. New York: Holt Rinehart andWinston.
Stansfield, Charles (1984). Reliability and validity of the Secondary Level English
Proficiency test. System 12, 1-12.
Stevenson, Harold W., and Roberta Nerison-Low (2002). To sum it up: case studies of
education in Germany, Japan, and the United States. Research report.
Washington: US Department of Education, OERI/Student Achievement
Institute.
Stocchetti, Mateo (2007). The politics of fear. In Adam Hodges and Chad Nilep(eds.), Discourse, War and Terrorism, 221-241. Amsterdam and Philadelphia:
John Benjamins.
Stroud, Christopher (1998). Perspectives on cultural variability of discourse and some
implications for code-switching. In Peter Auer (ed.), Code-switching inConversation: Language, Interaction, and Identity, 321-348. London:
Routledge.
Sugimoto, Yoshio (1999). Making sense of Nihonjinron. Thesis Eleven 57, 81-96.
Tashiro, Kazui (1982). Foreign relations during the Edo period: sakoku revisited.
Trans. Susan Downing Videen. Journal of Japanese Studies 8(2), 283-306.
Thurlow, Crispin, and Adam Jaworski (2006). The alchemy of the upwardly mobile:
symbolic capital and the stylization of elites in frequent-flyer programmes.
Discourse & Society 17(1), 99-135.
Tomaselo, Michael (2003). Constructing a Language: A Usage-based Theory of
Language Acquisition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Tracy, Karen (2007). The discourse of crisis in public meetings: case study of aschool district's multimillion dollar error. Journal of Applied Communication
Research 35(4), 418-441.
Tsing, Anna (2000). The global situation. Cultural Anthropology 15(3), 327-360.
Tsing, Anna (2008). Free in the forest: popular neoliberalism and the aftermath of war
in the US Pacific northwest. Presented at the Fridays-at-noon lecture series,
November 7, University of Michigan Center for Southeast Asian Studies.
http://www.ii.umich.edu/cseas/events/multimedia
Turner, Stephen P. (2003). Liberal Democracy 3.0. London: Sage.
Urciuoli, Bonnie (1996). Exposing Prejudice: Puerto Rican Experiences ofLanguage, Race, and Class. Boulder: Westview Press.
Urry, John (2003). The 'consumption' of tourism. In David B. Clarke, Marcus A.
Doel, and Kate M.L. Housiaux (eds.), The Consumption Reader, 117-121.
London: Routledge.
U.S. English (2005). U.S. English, Inc. supports introduction of H.R. 997, the English
Unity Act of 2005. News release. March 2. http://www.usenglish.org/view/155.
Van Maanen, John (1988). Tales of the Field: On Writing Ethnography. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Walters, Ron (2007). Barack Obama and the politics of Blackness. Journal of Black
Studies 38(1), 7-29.

256
Weinreich, Uriel (1953). Languages in Contact. The Hague: Mouton.
Whorf, Benjamin Lee (1956). Language, Thought, and Reality: Selected Writings.
Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press.
Wood, Gordon S. (1998). The Creation of the American Republic, 1776-1787. Chapel
Hill: University of North Carolina Press.
Woodard, Rebecca J. and Paul R. Surburg (1999). Midline crossing behavior inchildren with learning disabilities. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly 16,
155-166.
Woolard, Kathryn (1998). Introduction: language ideology as a field of inquiry. In
Language Ideologies: Practice and Theory. New York and Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Woolard, Kathryn, and Bambi Schieffelin (1994). Language Ideologies. Annual
Review of Anthropology 23, 55-82.
Yamada, Haru (1997). Different Games, Different Rules: Why Americans andJapanese Misunderstand each Other. New York and Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Zentella, Ana Celia (1997). Growing up Bilingual. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Appendix A
Transcription conventions
Multiparty discourse at Hippo Family Club and LEX Language Project meetings wasvideo recorded and the recordings analyzed. Excerpts are transcribed for inclusion inthis text. Transcription conventions are described below and illustrated with examples
from the text.
Square brackets mark the beginning of overlapping speech.
Tanaka
Sky

[aa
[aa

Periods (full stops) indicate short pauses
nanka . minna gaLonger pauses are measured in seconds and indicated by numerals in parentheses.
(2.8)

Out-breath, including laughter, is marked with h. Repetition indicates longer breaths.
Mikan

hhh

Degree symbols surround talk that is lower in volume that surrounding talk.
Sky

°yaa°

Capital letters indicate talk that is higher in volume that surrounding talk.
Tanaka[THOMasGreater than/less than signs indicate talk that is faster or slower than surrounding talk.
Faster than surrounding talk:>padre, madre,<Slower than surrounding talk:<You are Sonoko.>

Colons follow segments that are noticeably lengthened.
Sky

Su:goiA dash indicates that a word or speech sound that was cut-off.
a- menorA question mark indicates rising intonation, typical of yes-no questions in English.
mi hermano m:enor?

A period at the end of a word indicates intonation typical of statements in English.
TanakaYeah.

258
Uncertain transcription is enclosed in parentheses.
Sky(nandemo ii, chotto)

Speech which is completely unintelligible is indicated by white space in parentheses.
Sky

(

)

Additional notes about context or delivery are in double parentheses.
((non-verbal sound, using microphone))

Translation of non-English utterances are in double parentheses and single quotes.
(('seven, eight'))

A single letter followed by two dashes indicates places where names or other personal
identifiers are omitted from the transcript.
My name is T-- H--.

Excerpts from the scripted CDs “Hippo Goes Overseas” are transcribed using
generally the same conventions used for multiparty speech video recorded during
fieldwork. The scripted CDs do not feature overlap or the full dynamic range ofauthentic speech.
One-on-one interviews with club members were audio recorded and transcribed withless detail than video recordings of club meetings. Overlap and the length of pauses
are not indicated. One additional transcription convention is used in transcriptions ofinterviews. Minimal responses are sometimes interposed within longer utterances,enclosed in square brackets.
lots of body, [CDN: yeah] lots of singing